UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-K10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20152017

or

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     .

Commission File Number: 0-19961

 

ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Curaçao

 

N/A98-1340767

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

7 Abraham de Veerstraat

Curaçao

 

N/A

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

599-9-4658525

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value

 

Nasdaq Global Select Market

(Title of Class)

 

(Name of Exchange on Which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter)  is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

  

Accelerated filer

 

x

Emerging Growth Company

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨ (Do(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing price of the common stock on the last business day of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2015,2017, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $624.0$842.2 million.

As of February 26, 2016, 18,373,80023, 2018, 18,405,344 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain sections of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the 2016 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Orthofix International N.V.

Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 20152017

Table of Contents

 

 

  

 

  

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

18

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

31

Item 2.

Properties

32

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

32

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

36

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

37

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

40

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

41

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

55

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

56

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

56

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

56

Item 9B.

Other Information

58

PART III

  

 

  

 

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  

584

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

  

5813

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  

5834

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  

5837

Item 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  

5837

PART IV

  

 

  

 

Item 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

  

5939

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

39

 

 

 

 


 

Forward-Looking StatementsEXPLANATORY NOTE

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to our business and financial outlook, which are based on our current beliefs, assumptions, expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance and involve risks, uncertainties, estimates and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, our actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date hereof, unless it is specifically otherwise stated to be made as of a different date. We undertake no obligation to further update any such statement, or the risk factors described in Item 1A under the heading Risk Factors, to reflect new information, the occurrence of future events or circumstances or otherwise.

The forward-looking statements in this filing do not constitute guarantees or promises of future performance. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences may include, but are not limited to, risks relating to: the expected sales of our products, including recently launched products; the continuation of our ongoing share repurchase program; an investigation by the Division of Enforcement of the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and related securities class action litigation arising out of our prior accounting review and restatements of financial statements; our review of allegations of improper payments involving our Brazil-based subsidiary (which review is described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings”); the geographic concentration of certain accounts receivable in countries or territories that are facing severe fiscal challenges; unanticipated expenditures; changing relationships with customers, suppliers, strategic partners and lenders; changes to and the interpretation of governmental regulations; the resolution of pending litigation matters (including our indemnification obligations with respect to certain product liability claims against our former sports medicine global business unit (as further described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings”); our ongoing compliance obligations under a corporate integrity agreement with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (and related terms of probation) and a deferred prosecution agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice; risks relating to the protection of intellectual property; changes to the reimbursement policies of third parties; the impact of competitive products; changes to the competitive environment; the acceptance of new products in the market; conditions of the orthopedic and spine industries; credit markets and the global economy; corporate development and market development activities, including acquisitions or divestitures; unexpected costs or operating unit performance related to recent acquisitions; and other risks described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” as well as in other reports that we file with the SEC in the future.


PART I

Item 1.

Business

In this report,Amendment, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Orthofix,”“we”, “us”, “our”, “Orthofix” “the Company” and “our Company” refer to the combined operations of all of Orthofix International N.V. and its respective consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates, unless the context requires otherwise.

Company Overview

We are a diversified, global medical device company focused on improving patients’ lives by providing superior reconstructive and regenerative orthopedic and spine solutions to physicians worldwide. Headquartered in Lewisville, TX, the Company has four strategic business units that include BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation. Orthofix products are widely distributed via the Company’s sales representatives, distributors and its subsidiaries. In addition, Orthofix is collaborating on research and development activities with leading clinical organizations such as the Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation (“MTF”This Amendment No. 1 (this “Amendment”) and the Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children.

We have administrative and training facilities in the United States (“U.S.”), Italy, Brazil, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), France, Germany, and Puerto Rico and manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and Italy. We directly distribute products in the U.S., Italy, the U.K., Germany, Austria, France, Brazil, and Puerto Rico. In several of these and other markets, we also distribute our products through independent distributors.

amends Orthofix International N.V. is a limited liability company operating under’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the laws of Curaçao. The Company was formed on October 19, 1987 under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles, with the principal executive office in the Netherlands Antilles on the island of Curaçao. Curaçao became a separate and autonomous country on October 10, 2010. Our executive offices in Curaçao are located at 7 Abraham de Veerstraat, Curaçao. Our filingsyear ended December 31, 2017, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”“Commission”), including our Annual Report on February 26, 2018 (the “Original Form 10-K”). The sole purpose of this Amendment is to amend Part III, Items 10 through 14 of the Original Form 10-K Quarterly Reportsto include information previously omitted from the Original Form 10-K in reliance on General Instruction G to Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and Annual Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and amendments to those reports, are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are10-K, which provides that registrants may incorporate by reference certain information from a definitive proxy statement filed with or furnished to, the SEC. Information on our website or connected to our website isCommission within 120 days of the fiscal year end, which involves the election of directors. The Company’s definitive proxy statement will not incorporated by reference into this report. Our Internet website is located at http://www.orthofix.com. Our SEC filings are also available on the SEC Internet website at http://www.sec.gov.

Business Segments

We manage our business by our four strategic business units (“SBUs”)be filed before April 30, 2018 (i.e., which are comprised of BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation, Spine Fixation, and supported by Corporate activities. Financial information regarding our reportable business segments and certain geographic information is included in Part II, Item 7 of this report and Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Net Sales by SBU

The table below presents net sales by SBU reporting segment. Net sales include product sales and marketing service fees.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

BioStim

 

$

164,955

 

 

 

41.6

%

 

$

154,676

 

 

 

38.5

%

 

$

145,085

 

 

 

36.5

%

Biologics

 

 

59,832

 

 

 

15.1

%

 

 

55,881

 

 

 

13.9

%

 

 

53,746

 

 

 

13.5

%

Extremity Fixation

 

 

96,034

 

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

109,678

 

 

 

27.3

%

 

 

103,359

 

 

 

26.0

%

Spine Fixation

 

 

75,668

 

 

 

19.1

%

 

 

82,042

 

 

 

20.4

%

 

 

95,421

 

 

 

24.0

%

Total net sales

 

$

396,489

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

402,277

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

397,611

 

 

 

100.0

%

Additional financial information regarding our business segments can be found in Item 7 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as in Item 8 under the heading “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


BioStim

The BioStim SBU manufactures, distributes, and provides support services of market leading devices that enhance bone fusion. These Class III medical devices are indicated as an adjunctive, noninvasive treatment to improve fusion success rates in the cervical and lumbar spine as well as a therapeutic treatment for non-spine fractures that have not healed (non-unions). These devices utilize Orthofix’s patented pulsed electromagnetic field (“PEMF”) technology, which is supported by strong basic mechanism of action data in the scientific literature as well as strong level one randomized controlled clinical trials in the medical literature.  Current research and clinical studies are underway to identify potential new clinical indications.  This SBU uses distributors and sales representatives to sell its devices to hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S.

Biologics

The Biologics SBU provides a portfolio of regenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. This SBU specializes in the marketingwithin 120 days after end of the Company’s regeneration tissue forms. Biologics markets its tissues through a network2017 fiscal year) pursuant to Regulation 14A. The reference on the cover of distributors, independent sales representatives and affiliates to supply to hospitals, doctors, and other healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S. Our partnership with the MTF allows us to exclusively market our Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® tissue forms for musculoskeletal defects to enhance bony fusion.

Extremity Fixation

The Extremity Fixation SBU offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of orthopedic conditions unrelatedOriginal Form 10-K to the spine. This SBU specializes in the design, development, and marketingincorporation by reference of the Company’s orthopedic products used in fracture repair, deformity correction and bone reconstruction procedures. Extremity Fixation distributes its products through a network of distributors, sales representatives and affiliates to sell orthopedic products to hospitals, doctors, and other health providers, globally.

Spine Fixation

The Spine Fixation SBU specializes in the design, development and marketing of a portfolio of implant products used in surgical proceduresregistrant’s definitive proxy statement into Part III of the spine. Spine Fixation distributes its products through a network of distributors, sales representatives, and affiliates to sell spine products to hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers, globally.Annual Report is hereby deleted.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to develop and deliver advanced repair and regenerative solutions to the spine and orthopedic markets in order to facilitate bone fusion and healing as well as correct bone and spine deformities. Our strategy for growth and profitability includes the following initiatives by SBU:

BioStim: Provide osteogenesis stimulation devices that deliver noninvasive treatment for promoting healing in fractured bones and spinal fusions.  Our key initiatives are:

Invest in basic science, clinical and evidence-based research to support broader indications for our stimulation products; and

Invest in product development for next generation osteogenesis technology.

Biologics: Provide a portfolio of regenerative tissues and products that provide physicians with additional surgical options that augment their surgical procedures and results. Our key initiatives are:

Continue to focus our sales efforts on Trinity ELITE® and leverage its market acceptance;

Enhance our distribution network through an increase in distributor partners in our existing markets; and

Accelerate new tissue development projects with MTF.

Extremity Fixation: Provide external and internal temporary to definitive fixation devices used in fracture repair, deformity correction and bone reconstruction. Our key initiatives are:

Continue to focus our sales efforts on driving adoption of TL-HEX TrueLok Hexapod System® and Galaxy Fixation® System product lines; and

Develop and acquire premium products for temporary fixation, deformity correction and pediatrics.


Spine Fixation: Provide a portfolio of surgical products that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of spinal conditions. Our key initiatives are:

Continue to expand U.S. sales force coverage; and

Increase our new product introduction pace through product acquisitions, licensing agreements, and a more streamlined and productive new product development process.

Other Financial and Business Initiatives:

Continue to identify, recruit and hire highly talented and experienced commercial and corporate leaders;

Expand our geographic sales coverage to high priority countries and U.S. territories where we currently are underpenetrated;

Drive sales in the U.S. by expanding our integrated delivery networks, group purchasing organizations and regional hospital system commercial contracting team and expertise;

Invest in a reimbursement strategy and team dedicated to addressing the requirements of third party payors. This team will be supported with evidence-based clinical research and cost effectiveness studies coordinated by our research team;

Continue to enhance physician relationships through extensive product education and training programs;

Achieve more effective and efficient business processes, systems and controls throughout the organization; and

Increase our research and development and clinical investments in our core technologies of osteogenesis stimulation and regenerative tissue forms.

Corporate

Corporate activities are comprised of the operating expenses, including share-based compensation, of Orthofix International N.V. and its holding company subsidiaries, along with activities not necessarily identifiable within the four SBUs.


Products

Our revenues are derived from the sales of products and marketing service fees. Marketing service fee sales are comprised of fees earned for the marketing of tissue forms including Trinity Evolution®, Trinity ELITE® and VersaShield®, all three of which are derived from our partnership with MTF.

The following table identifies our principal products by trade name and describes their primary applications:

Product

Primary Application

BioStim Solutions

Cervical-Stim®

Pulsed electromagnetic field (“PEMF”) non-invasive cervical spine regenerative stimulator used to enhance bone growth

Spinal-Stim®

PEMF non-invasive lumbar spine regenerative stimulator used to enhance bone growth

Physio-Stim®

PEMF non-invasive long bone regenerative stimulator used to enhance bone growth in non-union factures

Biologic Solutions

AlloQuent® Structural Allografts

Interbody devices made of cortical bone that are designed to restore the space that has been lost between two or more vertebrae due to a degenerated disc

Trinity ELITE®

A fully moldable allograft with viable cells used during surgery that is designed to enhance the success of a spinal fusion or bone fusion procedure

Trinity Evolution®

An allograft with viable cells used during surgery that is designed to enhance the success of a spinal fusion or bone fusion procedure

VersaShield®

A thin hydrophilic amniotic membrane designed to serve as a wound or tissue covering for a variety of surgical demands

Collage® Synthetic Osteoconductive Scaffold

A synthetic bone void filler

Extremity  Fixation Solutions

Fixator

External fixation and internal fixation, including the Sheffield Ring, limb-lengthening systems, DAF, ProCallus™, XCaliber® and Gotfried P.C.C.P®

Eight-Plate Guided Growth System®

Treatment for bowed legs or knock knees of children

LRS Advanced Limb Reconstruction System®

External fixation for limb lengthening and corrections of deformity

TrueLok™

Ring fixation system for limb lengthening and deformity correction

TL-HEX TrueLok Hexapod System®(“TL-HEX™”)

Hexapod external fixation system for trauma and deformity correction with associated software

Galaxy Fixation® System

External fixation system for temporary and definitive fracture fixation, including anatomical specific clamps

PREFIX™ and PREFIX 2™

External fixation range for temporary fixation of fractures in trauma

VeroNail® Trochanteric Nailing System

Trochanteric titanium nailing system for hip fractures

Centronail® Titanium Nailing System

Complete range of intramedullary nails including the Humeral Nail

Cemex®

Bone cement

OSCAR®

Ultrasonic bone cement removal


Product

Primary Application

Centronail® Ankle Compression Nailing System (“ACN”)

An extension of the Centronail® range of intermedullary nails

Ankle Hindfoot Nail (“AHN”)

A differentiated solution for hindfoot fusions

Contours™ Lapidus Plating System™ (“LPS”)

A plate design contoured specifically for a tarsometatarsal (“TMT”) fusion

Contours PHP Proximal Humeral Plate™ (“PHP”)

An innovative plating solution for fraction fixation of the proximal humerus

Contours VPS® Volar Plating System™ III

The 3rd generation of plates to treat distal radius fractures

Spine Fixation Solutions

3°™ /Reliant™ Anterior Cervical Plating Systems

Plating systems implanted during anterior cervical spine fusion procedures

Hallmark® Anterior Cervical Plate System

A cervical plating system implanted during anterior cervical spine fusion procedures

Ascent® LE Posterior Occipital Cervico-Thoracic (“POCT”) System

A system of pedicle screws and rods implanted during a posterior spinal fusion procedure involving the stabilization of several degenerated or deformed cervical vertebrae

NewBridge® Laminoplasty Fixation System

A device implanted during a posterior surgical procedure designed to expand the cervical vertebrae and relieve pressure on the spinal canal

ATHLET™ Vertebral Body Replacement (“VBR”) System

A lordotic, modular vertebral body replacement system intended for use in the thoracolumbar spine

Construx® Mini PEEK Spacer System

Smaller, unibody versions of the Construx PEEK VBR System, implanted as a cervical interbody or partial vertebrectomy solution

CONSTRUX® Mini PEEK/ Titanium Composite™ (“PTC”) Spacer System™

A cervical interbody with porous titanium end plates that may promote bone ingrowth and a PEEK core to maintain imaging characteristics

Construx® PEEK VBR System

A modular device implanted during the replacement of degenerated or deformed spinal vertebrae to provide additional anterior support

NGage® Surgical Mesh System

A modular metallic interbody implant placed between two vertebrae designed to restore disc space and increase stability that has been lost due to degeneration or deformity

PILLAR® PL & TL PEEK VBR System

Interbody devices for Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (“PLIF”) and Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion (“TLIF”) procedures

FORZA® Spacer System

Interbody devices for PLIF and TLIF procedures

PILLAR® AL PEEK Partial VBR System

An intervertebral body fusion device for Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (“ALIF”) procedures

PILLAR® SA PEEK Spacer System

An intervertebral body fusion device that incorporates screw fixation to optimize implant stability

Firebird® Spinal Fixation System

A system of rods, crossbars and modular pedicle screws designed to be implanted during a posterior lumbar spine fusion procedure

Firebird® Deformity Correction System

An extension to the Firebird® Spinal Fixation System that provides additional instrument and implant options for complex thoracolumbar spine procedures

Phoenix® Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System

A multi-axial extended reduction screw body used with the Firebird® Spinal Fixation System designed to be implanted during a posterior thoracolumbar spine fusion procedure


Product

Primary Application

Phoenix® Compression Destraction Extension (“CDX™”)

An extension to the Phoenix® Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System that provides additional implant and instrument options for complex deformity spinal fixation

JANUS™ Midline Fixation Screw

AnIn addition, to the Firebird® Spinal Fixation System designed to achieve more cortical bone purchase in the medial to lateral trajectory when compared to traditional pedicle screws and provides surgeons with the option of a midline approach

SFS™ Spinal Fixation System

A system of screws, hooks, rods, spacers, staples, washers, dominos, lateral offsets, cross-connectors that provides simple, reliable and comprehensive stabilization solution for spinal non-cervical fixation

Samba-Screw® System

A minimally invasive screw system that is intended for fixation of sacroiliac joint disruptions in skeletally mature patients

ProView® Minimal Access Portal (“MAP”) System

An instrument system for minimally invasive posterior lumbar spinal fusion, including tubular and expandable retractors, a percutaneous screw delivery system and the ONYX ™ System for Disc removal and interbody space preparation

Unity® Lumbosacral Fixation System

A plating system implanted during anterior lumbar spine fusion procedures

LONESTAR® Cervical Stand Alone (“CSA”)

A stand-alone spacer system designed to provide the biomechanical strength to a tradition or minimal invasive ACDF procedure with less disruption of patient anatomy and preserve the anatomical profile

SKYHAWK® Lateral Interbody Fusion System & Lateral Plate System

Provides a complete solution for the surgeon to perform a Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion, an approach to spinal fusion in which the surgeon access the intervertebral disc space using a surgical approach from the patient’s side that disturbs fewer structures and tissues

QUADRx™ Lateral Retractor

A retractor with a straightforward 4 blade design that requires no sequential dilation prior to retractor placement over the guide wire and creates a rectangular aperture  that provides adaptability to both patient anatomy and surgeon technique

CENTURION® Posterior Occipital Cervico-Thoracic (“POCT”) System

A multiple component system comprised of a variety of non-sterile, single use components made of titanium alloy or cobalt chrome that allow the surgeon to build a spinal implant construct

We have proprietary rights in all of the above products with the exception of Cemex®, Eight-Plate Guided Growth System® and Contour VPS®. We have the exclusive distribution rights for the Cemex® in Italy and for the Eight-Plate Guided Growth System® and Contour VPS® worldwide.

We have numerous trademarked products and services including but not limited to the following: Orthofix®, Blackstone™, Spinal-Stim®, Cervical-Stim®, 3°™, Reliant™, Hallmark®, Firebird®, Ascent®, Construx®, Unity®, NGage®, Newbridge®, Trinity ELITE®, Trinity Evolution®, VersaShield®, PILLAR®, Alloquent®, ProView®, ProCallus®, XCaliber®, VeroNail®, Centronail®, PREFIX™, Gotfried P.C.C.P®, Physio-Stim®, TrueLok™, Galaxy Fixation® System and TL-HEX™, LONESTAR®, SKYHAWK® and CENTURION®.

BioStim

Spinal Regenerative Solutions

Regenerative stimulators used in spinal applications are designed to enhance bone growth and the success rate of certain spinal fusions by stimulating the body’s own natural healing mechanism post-surgically. These non-invasive portable devices are intended to be used as part of a home treatment program prescribed by a physician.


We offer two spinal regenerative stimulation devices, Spinal-Stim® and Cervical-Stim®, through our subsidiary, Orthofix Inc. Our stimulation products use a PEMF technology designed to enhance the growth of bone tissue following surgery and are placed externally over the site to be healed. Research data shows that our PEMF signal induces mineralization and results in a process that stimulates new regeneration at the spinal fusion site. We have sponsored independent research at Cleveland Clinic, New York University and University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, where scientists conducted animal and cellular studies to identify the mechanisms of action of our PEMF signals on bone and efficacy of healing. From this effort, a total of six studies have been published in peer-reviewed journals. Among other insights, the studies illustrate positive effects of PEMF on callus formation and bone strength as well as proliferation and differentiation of cells involved in regeneration and healing. Furthermore, we believe that the research work with Cleveland Clinic allowing for characterization and visualization of the Orthofix PEMF waveform is paving the way for signal optimization for a variety of new applications and indications. This collection of pre-clinical data along with additional clinical data could represent new clinical indication opportunities for our regenerative stimulation solutions.

Some spine fusion patients are at greater risk of not achieving a solid fusion of new bone around the fusion site. These patients typically have one or more risk factors such as smoking, obesity or diabetes, or their surgery involves the revision of a failed fusion or the fusion of multiple levels of vertebrae in one procedure. For these patients, post-surgical regenerative stimulation has been shown to significantly increase the probability of fusion success. Spinal-Stim® is a non-invasive spinal fusion stimulator system commercially available in the U.S. since 1990 and approved in Europe. Spinal-Stim® is designed for the treatment of the lower thoracic and lumbar regions of the spine. The device uses proprietary technology and a wavelength to generate a PEMF signal. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) has approved Spinal-Stim® as a spinal fusion adjunct to increase the probability of fusion success and as a non-operative treatment for salvage of failed spinal fusion at least nine months post-operatively.

Our Cervical-Stim® stimulator product remains the only FDA-approved bone growth stimulator on the market indicated for use as an adjunct to cervical (upper) spine fusion surgery in patients at high-risk for non-fusion. The FDA approved this device in 2004, and it has been commercially available in the U.S. since 2005.

Orthopedic Regenerative Solutions

Our Physio-Stim® regenerative stimulator products use PEMF technology similar to that described previously in the discussion of our spine stimulators. The primary difference is that the Physio-Stim® physical configuration is designed for use on long bones.

A bone’s regenerative power results in most fractures healing naturally within a few months. In certain situations, however, fractures do not heal or heal slowly, resulting in “non-unions.” Traditionally, orthopedists have treated such fracture conditions surgically, often by means of a bone graft with fracture fixation devices, such as bone plates, screws or intramedullary rods. These are examples of “invasive” treatments. Our patented regenerative stimulators are designed to use a low level of PEMF signals to activate the body’s natural healing process.

Our systems offer portability, rechargeable battery operation, integrated component design, patient monitoring capabilities and the ability to cover a large treatment area without factory calibration for specific patient application.

Biologics

The regenerative solutions offered as part of our biologics’ portfolio include solutions for a variety of musculoskeletal defects used in spinal and extremity orthopedic procedures.

Regenerative Solutions

Our premier biologics tissues include Trinity ELITE® and Trinity Evolution®, which are cortical cancellous allografts that contain viable cells and are used during surgery in the treatment of musculoskeletal defects for bone reconstruction and repair. These allografts are intended to offer a viable alternative to an autograft procedure; harvesting autograft adds risk of an additional surgical procedure and related patient discomfort in conjunction with a repair surgery.

To offer structural support and facilitate bone growth in spine fusion procedures we offer a full line of Alloquent® allograft structural spacers derived from human cadaveric bone. These spacers are used to restore the height lost between vertebral bodies when discs are removed in fusion procedures and to facilitate spine fusion.

We market Collage® as an osteoconductive scaffold and a bone graft substitute product. The product is a combination synthetic bone graft substitute comprised of beta tri-calcium phosphate and type 1 bovine collagen.


We market VersaShield®, a thin hydrophilic amniotic membrane designed to serve as a wound or tissue covering for a variety of surgical demands. Amniotic tissue forms derived from donated human placenta are used in a wide variety of applications and are valued for their healing properties, scar reduction and anti-adhesion characteristics. VersaShield® is derived from the human placental layers amnion and chorion; these thin elastic membranes allow the tissue to conform to the surface of the surgical site.

We receive a marketing fee through our collaboration with MTF for Trinity Evolution®, Trinity ELITE®, and VersaShield®. Under our Agreements with MTF, MTF processes the tissues, maintains inventory, and invoices hospitals and surgery centers and other points of care for service fees, which are submitted by customers via purchase orders. We have exclusive worldwide rights to market our Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® technologies. We market our VersaShield® under a private label brand via a non-exclusive marketing agreement for the tissue form.

To date, our Biologics are offered primarily in the U.S. market due in part to restrictions in providing U.S. human donor tissue in other countries.

Extremity Fixation

The medical devices offered in our Extremity Fixation SBU include both internal and external fixation solutions for extremity repair and deformity correction, both for adults and children.

Extremity Repair Solutions

Our fracture repair products consist of fixation devices designed to stabilize a broken bone until it can heal. Our fracture repair products come in two main types: external devices and internal devices. With these devices, we can treat simple and complex fracture patterns along with achieving deformity corrections.

External Fixation

External fixation devices are used to stabilize fractures from outside the skin with minimal invasion into the body. These fixation devices use screws that are inserted into the bone on either side of the fracture site, to which the fixator body is attached externally. The bone segments are aligned by manipulating the external device using patented ball joints and, when aligned, are locked in place for stabilization. External fixation may also be used as temporary devices in complex trauma cases to stabilize the fracture prior to treating it definitively. We believe that external fixation is among the most minimally invasive surgical options for fracture management. Also, we believe external fixation is the ideal treatment option for highly complex fractures, patients who have fractures close to the joints, or patients with known risk factors or co-morbidities.

The LRS Advanced Limb Reconstruction System® uses callus distraction to lengthen bone in a variety of procedures. It can be used in monofocal lengthening and corrections of deformity. Its multifocal procedures include bone transport, simultaneous compression and distraction at different sites, bifocal lengthening and correction of deformities with shortening. In 2009, improvements on size, flexibility and ease of use were implemented for the release of the LRS Advanced Limb Reconstruction System®.

Our external fixation product, Galaxy Fixation®, which was released in 2012, incorporates a streamlined combination of clamps with both pin-to-bar and bar-to-bar coupling capabilities that provide a complete range of applications and reduces inventory. It also includes specific units for the elbow, shoulder and wrist. While the rigidity and stability allows for use in definitive fixation, the design also addresses the need for rapid stabilization needed for temporary fixation in large trauma centers.

The TrueLok™ Ring Fixation System is a surgeon-designed, lightweight external fixation system for limb lengthening and deformity correction. In essence, a ring fixation construct consists of circular rings and semi-circular external supports centered on the patient’s limb and secured to the bone by crossed, tensioned wires and half pins. The rings are connected externally to provide stable bone fixation. The main external connecting elements are threaded rods, linear distractors, or hinges and angular distractors, which allow the surgeon to adjust the relative position of rings to each other. The ring positions are manipulated either acutely or gradually in precise increments to perform the correction of the deformity, limb lengthening, or bone segment transportation as required by the surgeon. Created with pre-assembled function blocks, the TrueLok™ is a simple, stable, versatile ring fixation system.

Building on the TrueLok™ brand, in the international markets, TL-HEX™ TrueLok Hexapod System® was released in 2012. TL-HEX™ is a hexapod-based system designed at Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children as a three-dimensional bone segment reposition module to augment the previously developed TrueLok™ frame. In essence, the system consists of circular and semi-circular external supports secured to the bones by wires and half pins and interconnected by six struts. This allows multi-planar adjustment of the external supports. The rings’ position is adjusted either rapidly or gradually in precise increments to perform bone segment


repositioning in three-dimensional space. All the basic components from the TrueLok Ring Fixation System (wire and half pin fixation bolts, posts, threaded rods, plates as well as other assembly components and instrumentation) can be utilized with TL-HEX™; therefore external supports from both systems can be connected to each other when building fixation blocks. As with any other hexapod-type external fixator, for successful application of the TL-HEX™, an associated software is also available (www.tlhex.com).

Another one of our external fixation devices is the XCaliber® fixator, which is made from a lightweight radiolucent material and provided in three configurations to cover long bone fractures, fractures near joints and ankle fractures. The radiolucency of XCaliber® fixators allows X-rays to pass through the device and provides the surgeon with improved X-ray visualization of the fracture and alignment. These three configurations cover a broad range of fractures. The XCaliber® fixators are provided pre-assembled in sterile kits to decrease time in the operating room.

Our proprietary XCaliber® bone screws are designed to be compatible with our external fixators and reduce inventory for our customers. Some of these screws are covered with hydroxyapatite, a mineral component of bone that reduces superficial inflammation of soft tissue and improves bone grip. Other screws in this proprietary line do not include the hydroxyapatite coating, but offer different advantages such as patented thread designs for better adherence in hard or poor quality bone. We believe we have a full line of bone screws to meet the demands of the market. Adding to the XCaliber® bone screw product line are also cylindrical screws first released for the US market and which we expect will be following in international markets. The type of screw is geared towards the trauma applications of the Galaxy Fixation® System.

Internal Fixation

Internal fixation devices come in various sizes, depending on the bone that requires treatment, and consist of either long rods, commonly referred to as nails, or plates that are attached with the use of screws. A nail is inserted into the medullary canal of a fractured long bone of the human arms and legs, e.g., humerus, femur and tibia. Alternatively, a plate is attached by screws to an area such as a broken wrist, hip or foot. Examples of our internal fixation devices include:

The Centronail® Titanium Nailing System is designed to stabilize fractures in the femur, tibia, supracondylar and humerus. Its main advantages are, it is made of titanium, offers improved mechanical distal targeting and instrumentation and has a design that requires significantly less inventory.

The Ankle Hindfoot Nail from Orthofix is an arthrodesis nailing system designed to improve upon the stability, simplicity, and flexibility of current hindfoot nails.

The VeroNail® marks Orthofix’s entry into the intramedullary hip nailing market. Designed for use in hip fractures, it provides a minimally-invasive screw and nail design intended to reduce surgical trauma and allow patients to begin walking again shortly after the operation. It uses a dual screw configuration that we believe provides more stability than previous single screw designs.

The Contours LPS™ (Lapidus Plating System) sold in the U.S. is intended for the correction of moderate to severe forefoot hallus valgus (HV), accompanying bunions and associated instability. The Lapidus Plating System consists of plates, screws and instrumentation. The anatomical plates are low-profile, titanium, (left and right) designed specifically for 1st metatarsocuneiform joint arthrodesis allowing compression across the joint achieved through a delta-shaped hole and compression screws. Lapidus System screws are titanium, low-profile and self-tapping, and include locking, non-locking, and bone compression screws in a variety of lengths.

In addition to the treatment of bone fractures, we also design, manufacture and distribute devices intended to treat congenital bone conditions, such as angular deformities (e.g., bowed legs in children), or degenerative diseases, as well as conditions resulting from a previous trauma. An example of a product offered in this area is the Eight-Plate Guided Growth System®.

Spine Fixation

Neck and back pain is a common health problem for many people throughout the world and often requires surgical or non-surgical intervention for improvement. Neck and back problems are usually of a degenerative or neurological nature and are generally more prevalent among the older population. As the population ages, we believe physicians will see an increasing number of patients with degenerative spine issues who wish to have a better quality of life than that experienced by previous generations. Treatment options for spine disorders are expected to expand to fill the existing gap between conservative pain management and invasive surgical options, such as spine fusion.

We believe our spine products are positioned to address the needs of spine patients. Our products currently address the cervical fusion segment as well as the lumbar fusion segment, which is the largest sub-segment of the spine market.


We offer a wide array of spinal repair products used during surgical procedures intended to treat a variety of spine conditions. Many of these surgeries are fusion procedures in the cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine that utilize metal plates, rods and screws, interbody spacers, Human Cell, Tissues and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products, or HCT/P, as well as vertebral body replacement devices to promote bone growth.

Spinal Repair Solutions

The human spine is made up of 33 interlocking vertebrae that protect the spinal cord and provide structural support for the body. The top seven vertebrae make up the cervical spine, which bears the weight of the skull and provides the largest range of motion. The next 17 mobile vertebrae encompass the thoracic and lumbar, or thoracolumbar, sections of the spine. The thoracic spine (12 vertebrae) helps to protect the organs of the chest cavity by attaching to the rib cage, and is the least mobile segment of the spine. The lumbar spine (five vertebrae) carries the greatest portion of the body’s weight, allowing a degree of flexion, extension and rotation thus handling the majority of the bending movement. Additionally, five fused vertebrae make up the sacrum (part of the pelvis) and four vertebrae make up the final part of the spine, the coccyx.

Spinal bending and rotation are accomplished through the vertebral discs located between each vertebra. Each disc is made up of a tough fibrous exterior, called the annulus, which surrounds a soft core called the nucleus. Excess pressure, deformities, injury or disease can lead to a variety of conditions affecting the vertebrae and discs that may ultimately require medical intervention in order to relieve patient pain and restore stability in the spine.

Spinal fusion is the permanent union of two or more vertebrae to immobilize and stabilize the affected portion of the spine. Most fusion surgeries involve the placement of a bone graft between the affected vertebrae, which is typically held in place by metal implants that also provide stability to the spine until the desired growth of new bone can complete the fusion process. These implants typically consist of some combination of rods, screws and plates that are designed to remain in the patient even after the fusion has occurred.

Most fusion procedures performed on the lumbar area of the spine are done from the posterior, or back, while the majority of cervical fusions are performed from the anterior, or front, of the body. However, the growing use of interbody devices specially designed for an anterior approach has resulted in the increasing use this approach for many lumbar surgeries. Interbody devices are small hollow implants typically made of bone, metal or a thermoplastic compound called Polyetheretherketones (“PEEK”) that are placed between the affected vertebrae to restore the space lost by the degenerated disc. The hollow spaces within these interbody devices are typically packed with some form of bone grafting material designed to accelerate the formation of new bone around the graft, which ultimately results in the desired fusion.

We provide a wide array of implants designed for use primarily in cervical, thoracic and lumbar fusion surgeries. These implants are made of either metal or PEEK. The majority of the implants that we offer are made of titanium metal. This includes the 3°™, Reliant® and Hallmark® cervical plates. Additionally, the Spinal Fixation System (“SFS”), the Firebird® Spinal Fixation System, the Phoenix® Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System, the Ascent®, Ascent® LE, and the Centurion® POCT Systems are sets of rods, cross connectors and screws which are implanted during posterior fusion procedures. The Firebird®  Modular and pre-assembled Spinal Fixation System is designed to be used in either open or minimally-invasive posterior lumbar fusion procedures with our product ProView® MAP System. To complement our plate and screw based fixation options we offer an entire portfolio of cervical and thoracolumbar PEEK interbody devices within our Pillar® and Forza® product lines.  This interbody portfolio includes two stand-alone devices, Lonestar® and Pillar SA®, as well as the Construx® Mini PTC™ system, a novel titanium composite spacer which offers a superior alternative to other plasma spray coated options currently available on the market.  We also offer specialty plates and screws that are used in less common procedures, and as such, are not manufactured by many device makers. These specialty implants include the Newbridge® Laminoplasty Fixation System that is designed to expand the cervical vertebrae and relieve pressure on the spinal canal, the Samba-Screw® System used in Sacroiliac Joint Fixation, as well as the Unity® plate which is used in anterior lumbar fusion procedures.

Product Development

Our research and development departments are responsible for new product development. We work regularly with certain institutions referred to below as well as with physicians and other consultants on the long-term scientific planning and evolution of our research and development efforts. These efforts are performed in accordance with best practices on interactions with healthcare professionals as set forth, for example, in the AdvaMed Code of Ethics (“AdvaMed Code”) and the Eucomed Code of Business Practices (“Eucomed Code”). Our primary research and development facilities are located in Verona, Italy and Lewisville, Texas.

We maintain interactive relationships with spine and orthopedic centers in the U.S., Europe, and South and Central America, including research and clinical organizations such as the MTF, the Orthopedic Research and Education Foundation and the Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children. Several of the products that we market have been developed through these collaborations. In


addition, we regularly receive suggestions for new products from the scientific and medical community, some of which result in Orthofix entering into assignment or license agreements with physicians and third parties. We also receive a substantial number of requests for the production of customized items, some of which have resulted in new products. We believe our policy of accommodating such requests enhances our reputation in the medical community.

In 2015, 2014 and 2013 we incurred $26.4 million, $25.0 million and $26.8 million, respectively, of research and development expense.

Patents, Trade Secrets, Assignments and Licenses

We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, assignment and license agreements as well as non-disclosure agreements to protect our proprietary intellectual property. We own numerous U.S. and foreign patents and have numerous pending patent applications and license rights under patents held by third parties. Our primary products are patented in major markets in which they are sold. There can be no assurance that pending patent applications will result in issued patents, that patents issued or assigned to or licensed by us will not be challenged or circumvented by competitors or that such patents will be found to be valid or sufficiently broad to protect our technology or to provide us with any competitive advantage or protection. Third parties might also obtain patents that would require assignments to or licensing by us for the conduct of our business. We rely on confidentiality agreements with key employees, consultants and other parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary technology.

We obtain assignments or licenses of varying durations for certain of our products from third parties. We typically acquire rights under such assignments or licenses in exchange for lump-sum payments or arrangements under which we pay to the licensor a percentage of sales. However, while assignments or licenses to us generally are irrevocable, there is no assurance that these arrangements will continue to be made available to us on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. The terms of our license and assignment agreements vary in length from a specified number of years to the life of product patents or the economic life of the product. These agreements generally provide for royalty payments and termination rights in the event of a material breach.

Corporate Compliance and Government Regulation

Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program

We have a comprehensive compliance program, which we branded the Integrity Advantage™ Program, which is overseen by our Chief Compliance Officer throughout our Company. It is a fundamental policy of our Company to conduct business in accordance with the highest ethical and legal standards. Our corporate compliance and ethics program is designed to promote legal compliance and ethical business practices throughout our domestic and international businesses.

Our Integrity Advantage™ Program is designed to meet U.S. Sentencing Commission Guidelines for effective organizational compliance and ethics programs and to prevent and detect violations of applicable federal, state and local laws. Key elements of the Integrity Advantage™ Program include:

Organizational oversight by senior-level personnel responsible for the compliance function within our Company;

Written standards and procedures, including a Corporate Code of Business Conduct;

Methods for communicating compliance concerns, including anonymous reporting mechanisms;

Investigation and remediation measures to ensure prompt response to reported matters and timely corrective action;

Compliance education and training for employees and contracted business associates;

Auditing and monitoring controls to promote compliance with applicable laws and assess program effectiveness;

Disciplinary guidelines to enforce compliance and address violations;

Exclusion lists screening of employees, and contracted business associates; and

Risk assessments to identify areas of compliance risk.

For information regarding the Company’s current review of allegations of potential improper payments involving the Company’s Brazil-based subsidiary, see Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”


Government Regulation

Our research, development and clinical programs, as well as our manufacturing and marketing operations, are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and other countries. Most notably, all of our products sold in the U.S. are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and the Public Health Services Act as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The regulations that cover our products and facilities vary widely from country to country. The amount of time required to obtain approvals or clearances from regulatory authorities also differs from country to country.

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the U.S. will be covered by either premarket notification (“510(k)”) clearance, letter to file, approval of a premarket approval application (“PMA”), or some other approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose low risk are placed in class I. Those devices that are considered moderate risk are class II, which typically requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a premarket notification requesting permission to commercially distribute the device, a process generally known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk class I devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in class III, requiring approval of a PMA.

Manufacturers of most class II medical devices are required to obtain 510(k) clearance prior to marketing their devices. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a company must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” in intended use and in technological and performance characteristics to another legally marketed 510(k)-cleared “predicate device.” By regulation, the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k) premarket notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a practical matter, clearance may take longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require a PMA approval. With certain exceptions, most of our products are subject to the 510(k) clearance process. On January 27, 2010, the FDA requested comments on actions that the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health (“CDRH”) can consider taking to strengthen the 510(k) review process conducted by the CDRH. In August 2010, the FDA published a series of recommended changes to the 510(k) review process.

Class III medical devices are required to undergo the PMA approval process in which the manufacturer must establish the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. A PMA application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will typically conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with quality system regulations. By statute, the FDA has 180 days to review the PMA application, although, generally, review of the application can take between one and three years, or longer. Once approved, a new PMA or a PMA Supplement is required for modifications that affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, including, for example, certain types of modifications to the device’s indication for use, manufacturing process, labeling and design. Our regenerative bone growth stimulation products are classified as Class III by the FDA, and have been approved for commercial distribution in the U.S. through the PMA process.

In addition, our Biologics business markets tissue for bone repair and reconstructionRule 12b-15 under the brand names Trinity Evolution®Securities and Trinity ELITE® which are allogeneic bone matrices comprised of cancellous bone containing viable stem cells and a demineralized cortical bone component. We believe these allografts are properly classified under FDA’s Human Cell, Tissues and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products, or HCT/P, regulatory paradigm and not as a medical device or as a biologic or as a drug. We believe they are regulated under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and C.F.R. Part 1271. Biologics also distributes certain surgical implant products known as “allograft” products that are derived from human tissues and which are used for bone reconstruction or repair and are surgically implanted into the human body. We believe that these tissues are properly classified by the FDA as minimally-manipulated tissue and are covered by FDA’s “Good Tissues Practices” regulations, which cover all stages of allograft processing. There can be no assurance our suppliers of the Trinity Evolution®, Trinity ELITE® and allograft products will continue to meet applicable regulatory requirements or that those requirements will not be changed in ways that could adversely affect our business. Further, there can be no assurance these products will continue to be made available to us or that applicable regulatory standards will be met or remain unchanged. Moreover, products derived from human tissue or bones are from time to time subject to recall for certain administrative or safety reasons and we may be affected by one or more such recalls. For a description of these risks, see Item 1A Risk Factors.

The medical devices we develop, manufacture, distribute and market are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. The process of obtaining FDA clearance and other regulatory approvals to develop and market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time-consuming, and there can be no


assurance such approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. While we believe we have obtained all necessary clearances and approvals for the manufacture and sale of our products and that they are in material compliance with applicable FDA and other material regulatory requirements, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue such compliance. After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. Those regulatory requirements include: product listing and establishment registration; Quality System Regulation (“QSR”), which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process; labeling regulations and governmental prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label uses or indications; clearance of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices; approval of product modifications that affect the safety or effectiveness of one of our PMA approved devices; Medical Device Adverse Event Reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to FDA and other foreign governmental agencies if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction of the device or a similar device were to recur; post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval study commitments; post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device; the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask, or under certain conditions order, device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; regulations pertaining to voluntary recalls; and notices of corrections or removals.

We and certain of our suppliers also are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA and European Notified Bodies to determine our compliance with FDA’s QSR and other international regulations. If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, the agency could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as: fines and civil penalties against us, our officers, our employees or our suppliers; unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions; delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products; withdrawal or suspension of approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies; product recall or seizure; interruption of production; operating restrictions; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. In addition to the domestic FDA inspections, all manufacturing facilities of the Company are subject to annual Notified Body inspections. No major findings have been received and certification has been granted or maintained. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us. Any of those actions could have a material adverse effect on our development of new laboratory tests, business strategy, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. For a description of these risks, see Item 1A Risk Factors.

Moreover, governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices, and our products may become subject to more rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. U.S. or non-U.S. government regulations may be imposed in the future that may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. The European Commission (“EC”) has harmonized national regulations for the control of medical devices through European Medical Device Directives with which manufacturers must comply. Under these new regulations, manufacturing plants must have received a full Quality Assurance Certification from a “Notified Body” in order to be able to sell products within the member states of the European Union. This Certification allows manufacturers to stamp the products of certified plants with a “CE” mark. Products covered by the EC regulations that do not bear the CE mark cannot be sold or distributed within the European Union. We have received certification for all currently existing manufacturing facilities.

Our products may be reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, and Tricare or private insurance plans and healthcare networks. Third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device provided to a patient or used in a procedure does not meet applicable payment criteria or if the policyholder’s healthcare insurance benefits are limited. Also, third-party payors are increasingly challenging the medical necessity and prices paid for our products and services. The Medicare program is expected to continue to implement a new payment mechanism for certain items of durable medical equipment, prosthetic, orthotic supplies (“DMEPOS”) via the implementation of its competitive bidding program. The initial implementation was terminated shortly after it began in 2008 and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) began the rebid process in 2009 (“Round 1 Rebid”) with implementation of the rebid round occurring on January 1, 2011. Payment rates for certain DMEPOS items included in the Round 1 Rebid product categories, which categories do not currently include our products, will be determined based on bid prices rather than the current Medicare DMEPOS fee schedule. CMS has released the geographical areas included in Round 2 of the program, yet final decisions concerning which products will be affected have not been announced. The Company’s bone growth stimulation products are exempt from this competitive bidding process.

Our subsidiary Orthofix Inc. received accreditation status by the Accreditation Commission for Health Care, Inc. (“ACHC”) for the services of DMEPOS. ACHC, a private, not-for-profit corporation, which is certified to ISO 9001:2000 standards, was developed by home care and community-based providers to help companies improve business operations and quality of patient care. Although accreditation is generally a voluntary activity where healthcare organizations submit to peer review their internal policies, processes and patient care delivery against national standards, CMS required DMEPOS suppliers to become accredited. By attaining


accreditation, Orthofix Inc. has demonstrated its commitment to maintain a higher level of competency and strive for excellence in its products, services, and customer satisfaction.

Our sales and marketing practices are also subject to a number of U.S. laws regulating healthcare fraud and abuse such as the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal Physician Self-Referral Law (known as the “Stark Law”), the Civil False Claims Act and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) as well as numerous state laws regulating healthcare and insurance. These laws are enforced by the Office of Inspector General within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Department of Justice, and other federal, state and local agencies. Among other things, these laws and others generally: (1) prohibit the provision of anything of value in exchange for the referral of patients for, or the purchase, order, or recommendation of, any item or service reimbursed by a federal healthcare program, (including Medicare and Medicaid); (2) require that claims for payment submitted to federal healthcare programs be truthful; (3) prohibit the transmission of protected healthcare information to persons not authorized to receive that information; and (4) require the maintenance of certain government licenses and permits.

In addition, U.S. federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of certain health information, in particular individually identifiable information such as medical records and restrict the use and disclosure of that protected information. At the federal level, the Department of Health and Human Services promulgates health information privacy and security rules under HIPAA. These rules protect health information by regulating its use and disclosure, including for research and other purposes. Failure of a HIPAA “covered entity” to comply with HIPAA regarding such “protected health information” could constitute a violation of federal law, subject to civil and criminal penalties. Covered entities include healthcare providers (including those that sell devices or equipment) that engage in particular electronic transactions, including, as we do, the transmission of claims to health plans. Consequently, health information that we access, collect, analyze, and otherwise use and/or disclose includes protected health information that is subject to HIPAA. As noted above, many state laws also pertain to the confidentiality of health information. Such laws are not necessarily preempted by HIPAA in particular those state laws that afford greater privacy protection to the individual than HIPAA. These state laws typically have their own penalty provisions, which could be applied in the event of an unlawful action affecting health information.

On February 1, 2013, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) published a final rule that makes information publicly available about payments or other transfers of value from certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies covered by Medicare, Medicaid, and the Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”), defined as applicable manufacturers, to physicians and teaching hospitals, which are defined as covered recipients. Called the “National Physician Payment Transparency Program: Open Payments,” this is one of many steps in the Affordable Care Act designed to create greater transparency in health care markets.

The final rule, which implements Section 6002 of the Affordable Care Act, also makes information publicly available about physician (or immediate family members of a physician) ownership or investment interests in applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”).

The law specifies that applicable manufacturers must report annually to the Secretary of Health and Human Services all payments or transfers of value (including gifts, consulting fees, research activities, speaking fees, meals, and travel) from applicable manufacturers to covered recipients. In addition to reporting on payments, applicable manufacturers, as well as applicable GPOs, must report ownership and investment interests held by physicians (or the immediate family members of physicians) in such entities. However, the law does not require applicable manufacturers or applicable GPOs to report ownership or investment interests held by teaching hospitals. The law requires CMS to provide applicable manufacturers, applicable GPOs, covered recipients, and physician owners and investors at least 45 days to review, dispute and correct their reported information before posting it on a publicly available website. The information on the website must be easily aggregated, downloaded and searchable.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

General Trends

We believe that demographic trends, principally in the form of a better informed, more active and aging population in the major healthcare markets of the U.S., Western Europe and Japan, together with opportunities in emerging markets such as the Asia-Pacific Region (including China) and Latin America, as well as our focus on innovative products, will continue to have a positive effect on the demand for our products.

Strategic Business Units

Our revenues are generally derived from the sales of products in four SBUs, BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation, and Spine Fixation, which accounted for 42%, 15%, 24%, and 19%, respectively, of our total net sales in 2015.


Sales, Marketing and Distributor Network

We have established a broad distribution network comprised of direct sales representatives and distributors. This established distribution network provides us with a platform to introduce new products and expand sales of existing products. We distribute our products worldwide in over 65 countries.

In our largest market, the U.S., our sales, marketing and distribution network is comprised of several sales forces addressing different business units. A hybrid distribution network of direct sales representatives and independent distributors addresses the BioStim SBU for regenerative stimulation products. Primarily an independent distribution network supplemented by some direct sales representatives addresses the Biologics SBU. A hybrid distribution network of both direct sales representatives and distributors addresses the Extremity Fixation SBU. Primarily an independent distribution network addresses the Spine Fixation SBU.

Outside the U.S., we employ both direct sales representatives and distributors within our international sales subsidiaries. We also utilize independent distributors in Europe, the Far East, the Middle East and Central and South America in countries where we do not have subsidiaries. In order to provide support to our independent distribution network, we have a group of sales and marketing specialists who regularly visit independent distributors to provide training and product support.

Marketing and Product Education

We seek to market our products principally to medical professionals, hospitals, government health agencies and organizations that contract on a large scale.

We support our sales force through specialized training workshops in which surgeons and sales specialists participate. We also produce marketing and training materials, including materials outlining surgical procedures, for our customers, sales force and distributors in a variety of languages using printed, video and multimedia formats.

To provide additional advanced training for surgeons, consistent with the AdvaMed Code and the Eucomed Code guidelines, we organize regular multilingual teaching seminars in multiple locations. Those places include our facility in Verona, Italy, various locations in Latin America and the Orthofix Institute for Research, Training and Education in the North American Operations and Training Center in Lewisville, Texas. The Orthofix Institute is a state of the art facility that features a lecture room, classroom, workshop and a 7-station bioskills laboratory. In 2015, over 1,600 surgeons from around the world attended these product education seminars, which included a variety of lectures from specialists as well as demonstrations and hands-on workshops. Each year many of our sales representatives and distributors independently conduct basic product training and education courses to local surgeons. We also regularly provide sales training at our training center in Lewisville, Texas, with our sales representatives in the field and in regional locations throughout the world. Additionally, we have implemented a web-based sales training program, which provides ongoing education for our sales representatives.

Competition

Our regenerative stimulation products, which are part of our Biologics and BioStim SBUs, compete principally with similar products marketed by Biomet Spine, a business unit of Zimmer Biomet, Inc; DJO Incorporated; and the Exogen product line owned by Smith and Nephew plc. and Essex Woodlands, a private equity firm. Our spinal implant, HCT/P products, and Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE®, HCT/Ps from which we derive marketing fees, compete with products marketed by Medtronic, Inc.; DePuy Synthes, a division of Johnson and Johnson; Stryker Corp.; Zimmer Biomet, Inc.; NuVasive, Inc.; Globus Medical Inc.; and various smaller public and private companies. For external and internal fixation devices, our principal competitors include DePuy Synthes; Zimmer Biomet, Inc.; Stryker Corp.; and Smith & Nephew plc.

We believe we enhance our competitive position by focusing on product features such as innovation, ease of use, versatility, cost and patient acceptability. We attempt to avoid competing based solely on price. Overall cost and medical effectiveness, innovation, reliability, after-sales service and training are the most prevalent methods of competition in the markets for our products, and we believe we compete effectively.

Manufacturing and Sources of Supply

We generally design, develop, assemble, test and package our stimulation and orthopedic products, and subcontract the manufacture of a substantial portion of the component parts. We design and develop our spinal implant and Alloquent® Allograft HCT/Ps and subcontract the manufacture of a significant portion of the parts and instruments. Through subcontracting a portion of our manufacturing, we attempt to maintain operating flexibility in meeting demand while focusing our resources on product development, education and marketing as well as quality assurance standards. Although certain of our key raw materials are obtained from a single


source, we believe alternate sources for these materials are available. Further, we believe an adequate inventory supply is maintained to avoid product flow interruptions. We have not experienced difficulty in obtaining the materials necessary to meet our production schedules.

Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE®, HCT/Ps for which we have exclusive marketing rights, are allograft tissue forms that are supplied to customers by MTF in accordance with orders received directly from us. MTF sources, processes and packages the tissue forms and is the sole supplier of Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® to our customers.

Our products are currently manufactured and assembled in the U.S., Italy, and the U.K. We believe our plants comply in all material respects with the requirements of the FDA and all relevant regulatory authorities outside the U.S. For a description of the laws to which we are subject, see Item 1—Business—Corporate Compliance and Government Regulation. We actively monitor each of our subcontractors in order to maintain manufacturing and quality standards and product specification conformity.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are impacted by seasonality trends as revenue associated with elective procedures tends to be higher later in the year and lower in the beginning of the year. In addition, we do not consider the backlog of firm orders to be material.

Capital Expenditures

We incurred tangible and intangible capital expenditures of $27.9 million, $18.5 million and $29.7 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, principally for computer software and hardware, patents, licenses, plant and equipment, tooling and molds and product instrument sets. In 2015 and 2014, the most significant capital expenditure was $16.0 million related to project Bluecore, our infrastructure initiative to improve the reliability and efficiency of our systems, processes and reporting as well as drive down our overhead expenses, and tooling. We plan to invest approximately $15 to $18 million in capital expenditures during 2016 to support this initiative, which will continue through the end of 2016. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information on Bluecore.  We expect these capital expenditures to be financed principally with cash generated from operations.  

Employees

At December 31, 2015, we had 927 employees worldwide. Of these, 616 were employed in the U.S. and 311 were employed at other non-U.S. locations. Our relations with our Italian employees, who numbered 170 at December 31, 2015, are governed by the provisions of a National Collective Labor Agreement setting forth mandatory minimum standards for labor relations in the metal mechanic workers industry. We are not a party to any other collective bargaining agreement. We believe we have good relations with our employees. Of our 927 employees, 403 were employed in sales and marketing functions, 214 in general and administrative roles, 204 in production and operations and 106 in research and development.

eNeura Debt Security

On March 4, 2015, the Company entered into an OptionAgreement (the “OptionAgreement”)witheNeura, Inc. (“eNeura”), a privately held medical technologycompany that is developing devices for the treatment of migraines. The OptionAgreement providesthe Company with anexclusive option to acquire eNeura (the “Option”)during the 18-month period following the grant of the Option. In considerationforthe Option, (i) the Company paid a non-refundable $0.3 millionfee to eNeura, and (ii) eNeura issued a ConvertiblePromissoryNote (the “eNeura Note”) to the Company. The principal amount ofthe eNeura Note is $15.0 million and interest accrues at 8.0%. The eNeura Note will mature on the earlier of (i)March4, 2019, or (ii) exercise of the Option. The interest is not due until the note matures and will be forgiven if the Company exercises the option. The investment is recorded in other long-term assets as an available for sale debt security and interest is recorded in interest income. For additional discussion see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

In addition to the other information contained in this report and the exhibits hereto, you should carefully consider the risks described below. These risks are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also impair our business operations. This report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below or elsewhere in this report.


If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls or discover material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or detect fraud, which could harm our business and the trading price of our Common Stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important in our effort to prevent financial fraud. We are required to periodically evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls. As has occurred in several years prior, these evaluations may result in the conclusion that enhancements, modifications or changes to our internal controls are necessary or desirable. While management evaluates the effectiveness of our internal controls on a regular basis, these controls may not always be effective. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including collusion, management override, and failure of human judgment. Because of this, control procedures are designed to reduce rather than eliminate business risks. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls or if management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to discover material weaknesses in our internal controls, we may be unable to produce reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, which could harm our financial condition and operating results, and could result in a loss of investor confidence and a decline in our stock price.

If we fail to comply with the terms of our Corporate Integrity Agreement (and a related term of probation) we may be subject to criminal prosecution and/or exclusion from federal healthcare programs.

On June 6, 2012, in connection with our settlement of a U.S. government investigation and related qui tam complaint related to our regenerative stimulation business, and our settlement of a U.S. government investigation and related qui tam complaint related to Blackstone Medical, Inc. (“Blackstone”), we entered into a five-year corporate integrity agreement (the “CIA”) with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS-OIG”). The CIA acknowledges the existence of our current compliance program, and requires that we continue to maintain during the term of the CIA a compliance program designed to promote compliance with federal healthcare and Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) requirements. We are also required to maintain several elements of the existing program during the term of the CIA, including maintaining a Chief Compliance Officer, a Compliance Committee, and a Code of Conduct. The CIA requires that we conduct certain additional compliance-related activities during the term of the CIA, including various training and monitoring procedures, and maintaining a disciplinary process for compliance obligations. Pursuant to the CIA, we are required to notify the HHS-OIG in writing, among other things, of: (i) any ongoing government investigation or legal proceeding involving an allegation that the Company has committed a crime or has engaged in fraudulent activities; (ii) any other matter that a reasonable person would consider a probable violation of applicable criminal, civil, or administrative laws related to compliance with federal healthcare programs or FDA requirements; and (iii) any change in location, sale, closing, purchase, or establishment of a new business unit or location related to items or services that may be reimbursed by federal healthcare programs. We are also subject to periodic reporting and certification requirements attesting that the provisions of the CIA are being implemented and followed, as well as certain document and record retention mandates. The CIA provides that in the event of an uncured material breach of the CIA, we could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs and/or subject to prosecution and subject to other monetary penalties, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In connection with this settlement and the guilty plea of our subsidiary, Orthofix Inc., to one felony count of obstruction of a federal audit (18 U.S.C. §1516), the court imposed a five-year term of probation on Orthofix Inc., with special conditions that mandate certain non-disparagement obligations and order Orthofix Inc. to continue complying with the terms of the CIA through the expiration of its term. In the event that we fail to satisfy these terms of probation, we could be subject to additional criminal penalties or prosecution, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are investigating allegations involving potential improper payments with respect to our subsidiary in Brazil, which has caused an extension of the term of our existing Deferred Prosecution Agreement in connection with a prior FCPA settlement.

In 2012, the Company entered into definitive agreements with the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) and the SEC agreeing to settle a self-initiated and self-reported internal investigation of our Mexican subsidiary, Promeca S.A. de C.V. (“Promeca”), regarding non-compliance by Promeca with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). As part of the settlement, we entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (“DPA”) with the DOJ and a consent to final judgment (the “Consent”) with the SEC. The DOJ agreed not to pursue any criminal charges against us in connection with the Promeca matter if we comply with the terms of the DPA. The DPA takes note of our self-reporting of this matter to the DOJ and the SEC, and of remedial measures, including the implementation of an enhanced compliance program, previously undertaken by us. The DPA and the Consent collectively require, among other things, that with respect to anti-bribery compliance matters we shall continue to cooperate fully with the government in any future matters related to corrupt payments, false books and records or inadequate internal controls. In that regard, we have represented that we have implemented and will continue to implement a compliance and ethics program designed to prevent and detect violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. We are periodically reporting to the government during the term of the DPA regarding such remediation and implementation of compliance measures.


In August 2013, the Company’s internal legal department was notified of certain allegations involving potential improper payments with respect to its Brazilian subsidiary, Orthofix do Brasil Ltda. The Company engaged outside counsel to assist in the review of these matters, focusing on compliance with applicable anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA. Consistent with the provisions of these agreements, the Company contacted the DOJ and the SEC in August 2013 to voluntarily self-report the Brazil-related allegations. On June 15, 2015, the Company and the DOJ agreed to extend the term of the DPA for two months (through September 17, 2015) to permit the DOJ additional time to evaluate the Company’s compliance with the internal controls and compliance undertakings in the DPA and to further investigate the Brazil-related allegations. On September 17, 2015, the DOJ extended the term of the DPA for an additional ten months (through July 17, 2016), stating that the Company’s efforts to comply with the internal controls and compliance requirements of the DPA during the first eighteen months of the DPA were insufficient.

In the event that the DOJ were to determine in the future to criminally prosecute us for the FCPA-related matters we have self-reported, we could be subject to penalties that could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The SEC Enforcement Staff’s investigation and a pending securities class action complaint have resulted in significant costs and expenses, have diverted resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

As further described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” of this Form 10-K, in July 2013, the Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company began conducting an independent review, with the assistance of outside professionals, of certain accounting matters. This review resulted in a March 2014 completed multi-year restatement of our historical consolidated financial statements.  In March 2015, we completed a further multi-year restatement of historical consolidated financial statements.

We initiated contact with the staff of the Division of Enforcement of the SEC (the “SEC Enforcement Staff”) in July 2013 to advise them of the initiation of the Audit Committee’s review and the then-potential restatement of our annual audited and interim unaudited consolidated financial statements. The SEC is conducting a formal investigation of these matters, and both the Company and the Audit Committee are cooperating fully with the SEC. Since our initial contact, we have received requests from the SEC for documents and other information concerning various accounting practices, internal controls and business practices, and it is anticipated that we may receive additional such requests in the future. We have further provided notice concerning these matters to HHS-OIG pursuant to our CIA with HHS-OIG, which is described in more detail in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”

As also further described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” of this Form 10-K, on August 14, 2013, a securities class action complaint against the Company was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York arising out of the restatement of our prior consolidated financial statements and the matters described above. The lead plaintiff’s complaint, as amended, purports to bring claims on behalf of persons who purchased the Company’s common stock between March 2, 2010 and July 29, 2013. The complaint asserts that the Company and four of its former executive officers, Alan W. Milinazzo, Robert S. Vaters, Brian McCollum, and Emily V. Buxton (collectively, the “Individual Defendants”), violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), new certifications by our principal executive officer and Securitiesprincipal financial officer are filed as exhibits to this Amendment under Item 15 of Part IV hereof.

For purposes of this Amendment, and Exchange Commissionin accordance with Rule 10b-5 (“Rule 10b-5”) by making false or misleading statements in or relating to the Company’s financial statements. The complaint further asserts that the Individual Defendants were liable as control persons12b-15 under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, for any violation by the Company of Section 10(b)Items 10 through 14 of the Exchange Act or Rule 10b-5. As relief,Original Form 10-K have been amended and restated in their entirety. Except as stated herein, this Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the complaint requests compensatory damages on behalffiling of the proposed classOriginal Form 10-K and lead plaintiff’s attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 6, 2015, the court granted the defendants’ motionno attempt has been made in this Amendment to dismissmodify or update other disclosures as to Mr. Milinazzo and denied it with respect to the Company and the other Individual Defendants.

On October 22, 2015, following negotiations facilitated by an independent mediator, the Company, the remaining Individual Defendants and their insurers reached an agreement in principle with the plaintiff, individually and on behalf of the class it purports to represent, to settle and release all claims with respect to this matter and to dismiss the action with prejudice subject to final court approval. Under the terms of the agreement in principle, the Company, through its insurers, would make a payment to the plaintiff, and the class it purports to represent, to resolve all claims related to the matter, including any claims for plaintiff counsel’s fees and expenses. On December 7, 2015, all parties to the action executed and filed with the Court a proposed settlement agreement whose terms are consistent with the above-described agreement in principle.  On December 18, 2015, the Court entered a preliminary approval order which, among other things, preliminarily approved the terms of the proposed settlement agreement, subject to a final approval hearing scheduled for April 28, 2016. The Company has previously incurred and expensed fees and expenses in connection with this matter up to and exceeding its insurance policy deductible and its insurers have undertaken to cover the full amount of the settlement payment, if the proposed settlement is finally approved by the Court.  

We have incurred and/or expect to incur significant professional fees and other costs in responding to the SEC investigation and in defending against the class action complaint. If we do not prevail in or successfully settle the pending complaint or any other


litigation, we may be required to pay a significant amount of monetary damages that may be in excess of our insurance coverage. Further, if the SEC were to conclude that enforcement action is appropriate, or if HHS-OIG were to conclude that we violated the CIA, we could be required to pay large civil penalties and fines. The SEC also could impose other sanctions against us or certain of our current and former directors and officers. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, while we believe we have made appropriate judgments in determining the errors and correct adjustments in preparing our restated consolidated financial statements, the SEC could disagree with the manner in which we have accounted for and reported these adjustments. Accordingly, there is a risk that we could have to further restate our historical consolidated financial statements, amend prior filings with the SEC or take other actions not currently contemplated.

The potential for additional litigation or other proceedings or enforcement actions could adversely affect us, require significant management time and attention, result in significant legal expenses or damages, and cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows to suffer.

The matters that led to the SEC investigation and the class action complaint described above have also exposed us to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory proceedings and government enforcement actions. We and current and former members of our senior management maypresented in the future be subject to additional litigation or governmental proceedings relating to such matters. Subject to certain limitations, we are obligated to indemnify our current and former officers and directors in connection with any such lawsuits or governmental proceedings and related litigation or settlement amounts. Regardless of the outcome, these lawsuits and any other litigation or governmental proceedings that may be brought against us or our current or former officers and directors, could be time-consuming, result in significant expense and divert the attention and resources of our management and other key employees. An unfavorable outcome in any of these matters could exceed coverage provided under potentially applicable insurance policies. Any such unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. Further, we could be required to pay damages or additional penalties or have other remedies imposed against us, or our current or former directors or officers, which could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Continuing negative publicity may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

As a result of the restatement of our consolidated financial statements and related matters, the ongoing SEC investigation, the securities class action complaint and our recent non-compliance with Nasdaq listing rules, we have been the subject of negative publicity. This negative publicity may adversely affect our stock price and may harm our reputation and our relationships with current and future investors, lenders, customers, suppliers and employees. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

We may be subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are determined not to have fully complied with such laws.

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulation by federal and state governments impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

the federal Health Care Programs Anti-Kickback Law, which constrains our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing and discounting policies, and relationships with healthcare practitioners and providers, by prohibiting, among other things, soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, in exchange for or to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

federal false claims laws, which prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal government payors that are false or fraudulent; and

state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including commercial insurers.

Due to the breadth of some of these laws, there can be no assurance that we will not be found to be in violation of any such laws, and as a result we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations or the exclusion from participation in federal or state healthcare programs. Any penalties could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.


In addition, it is possible that one or more private insurers with whom we do business may attempt to use any penalty we might be assessed or any exclusion from federal or state healthcare program business as a basis to cease doing business with us. If this were to occur, it could also have a material adverse effect on our business and financial position.

Reimbursement policies of third parties, cost containment measures and healthcare reform could adversely affect the demand for our products and limit our ability to sell our products.

Our products are sold either directly by us or by independent sales representatives to customers or to our independent distributors and purchased by hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers. These products may be reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and Tricare, or private insurance plans and healthcare networks. Major third-party payors for medical services in the U.S. and internationally continue to work to contain health care costs and are increasingly challenging the policies and the prices charged for medical products and services. Any medical policy developments that eliminate, reduce or materially modify coverage of or reimbursement rates for, our products could have an impact on our ability to sell our products. In addition, third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device or product provided to a patient or used in a procedure does not meet applicable payment criteria or if the policyholder’s healthcare insurance benefits are limited. These policies and criteria may be revised from time-to-time.

Limits put on reimbursement could make it more difficult to buy our products and substantially reduce, or possibly eliminate, patient access to our products. In addition, should governmental authorities continue to enact legislation or adopt regulations that affect third-party coverage and reimbursement, access to our products and coverage by private or public insurers may be reduced with a consequential material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), in its ongoing implementation of the Medicare program, has obtained a related technical assessment of the medical study literature to determine how the literature addresses spinal fusion surgery in the Medicare population. The impact that this information will have on Medicare coverage policy for our products is currently unknown, but we cannot provide assurances that the resulting actions will not restrict Medicare coverage for our products. It is also possible that the government’s focus on coverage of off-label uses of devices approved by the FDA could lead to changes in coverage policies regarding off-label uses by TriCare, Medicare and/or Medicaid. There can be no assurance that we or our distributors will not experience significant reimbursement problems in the future related to these or other proceedings. Globally, our products are sold in many countries, such as the U.K., France, and Italy, which have publicly funded healthcare systems. The ability of hospitals supported by such systems to purchase our products is dependent, in part, upon public budgetary constraints. Any increase in such constraints may have a material adverse effect on our sales and collection of accounts receivable from such sales.

As required by law, CMS has continued efforts to implement a competitive bidding program for selected durable medical equipment, prosthetic, orthotic supplies (“DMEPOS”) items paid for by the Medicare program. In this program, Medicare rates are based on bid amounts for certain products in designated geographic areas, rather than the Medicare fee schedule amount. Only those suppliers selected through the competitive bidding process within each designated competitive bidding area (CBA) are eligible to have their products reimbursed by Medicare. CMS completed the Round 1 Rebid process in the last quarter of 2012. The implementation of Rebid for Round 1 occurred on January 1, 2013 and for Round 2 on July 1, 2013. Our products are not yet included in the competitive bidding process. We cannot predict which products from any of our businesses will ultimately be affected or whether or when the competitive bidding process will be extended to our businesses. While some of our products are designated by FDA as Class III medical devices and thus are not currently included within the competitive bidding program, some of our products may be encompassed within the program at varying times. There can be no assurance that the implementation of the competitive bidding program will not have an adverse impact on the sales of some of our products.

We and certain of our suppliers may be subject to extensive government regulation that increases our costs and could limit our ability to market or sell our products.

The medical devices we manufacture and market are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. These authorities regulate the development, approval, classification, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing and sale of medical devices. Likewise, our use and disclosure of certain categories of health information may be subject to federal and state laws, implemented and enforced by governmental authorities that protect health information privacy and security. For a description of these regulations, see Item 1, “Business,” under the subheading “Government Regulation.”

The approval or clearance by governmental authorities, including the FDA in the U.S., is generally required before any medical devices may be marketed in the U.S. or other countries. We cannot predict whether, in the future, the U.S. or foreign governments may impose regulations that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The process of obtaining FDA clearance and other regulatory clearances or approvals to develop and market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and is subject to the risk that such approvals will not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The regulatory


process may delay or prohibit the marketing of new products and impose substantial additional costs if the FDA lengthens review times for new devices. The FDA has the ability to change the regulatory classification of a cleared or approved device from a higher to a lower regulatory classification, which could materially adversely impact our ability to market or sell our devices. In addition, we may be subject to compliance action, penalties or injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or off-label uses, or if the FDA challenges one or more of our determinations that a product modification did not require new approval or clearance by the FDA.

We and certain of our suppliers also are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with FDA’s QSR and other regulations. If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, the agency could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as: fines and civil penalties against us, our officers, our employees or our suppliers; unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions; delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products; withdrawal or suspension of approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies; product recall or seizure; interruption of production; operating restrictions; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us. Any of the foregoing actions could have a material adverse effect on our development of new laboratory tests, business strategy, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Moreover, governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices, and our products may become subject to more rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. U.S. or non-U.S. government regulations may be imposed in the future that may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. The European Commission (“EC”) has harmonized national regulations for the control of medical devices through European Medical Device Directives with which manufacturers must comply. Under these new regulations, manufacturing plants must have received a full Quality Assurance Certification from a “Notified Body” in order to be able to sell products within the member states of the European Union. This Certification allows manufacturers to stamp the products of certified plants with a “CE” mark. Products covered by the EC regulations that do not bear the CE mark cannot be sold or distributed within the European Union. We have received certification for all currently existing manufacturing facilities.

The impact of the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) and other United States healthcare reform legislation on us remains uncertain.

In 2010 federal legislation to reform the United States healthcare system was enacted into law. The ACA is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage, improve quality and reduce costs over time. The ACA mandated certain CMS demonstration projects to test the effects of new approaches for paying for health services and delivering care, including bundled payments, value-based purchasing programs, establishment of accountable care organizations, a focus on patient-centered homes and physician payment reforms that incentivize the delivery of high quality, resource-conscious health care. Several provisions of the ACA specifically impact the medical equipment industry, including the elimination of the full inflation update to the DMEPOS fee schedule for the years 2011 through 2014. Instead, beginning in 2011, the ACA reduced the inflation update for DMEPOS by a “productivity adjustment” factor intended to reflect productivity gains in delivering health care services. For 2014, the update factor is 1.0% (reflecting a 1.8% inflation update that is partially offset by a 0.8% “productivity adjustment”).

Section 6002 of the ACA, the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, requires medical device, pharmaceutical and biologics manufacturers that participate in U.S. federal health care programs to make annual disclosures regarding payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, including physicians who serve as consultants. The recordkeeping requirements have been in place since August 1, 2013. Applicable Manufacturers and GPOs must submit annual reports to CMS by March 31st for payments and transfers of value made in the prior calendar year.  Reports are made available to the public on CMS’ website.  Failure to fully and accurately disclose transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals could subject us to civil monetary penalties. Several states also have enacted specific marketing and payment disclosure requirements, and other states may do so in the future.

We expect the new law will have a significant impact upon various aspects of our business operations. However, it is unclear how the new law will impact patient access to new technologies or reimbursement rates under the Medicare program. Many of the details of the new law will be included in new and revised regulations, which have not yet been promulgated, and require additional guidance and specificity to be provided by the Department of Health and Human Services, Department of Labor and Department of the Treasury. Accordingly, while it is too early to understand fully and predict the ultimate impact of the new law on our business, the legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations.


Our business may be adversely affected if consolidation in the healthcare industry leads to demand for price concessions or if a group purchasing organization or similar entity excludes us from being a supplier.

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms have been launched by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs. As a result, there has been a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create larger companies, including hospitals, with greater market power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and may continue to become more intense. This has resulted and may continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important markets as group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions. If a GPO were to exclude us from being one of their suppliers, our net sales could be adversely impacted. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, which may exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive. New developments by others could make our products or technologies non-competitive or obsolete.

The medical devices industry is highly competitive. We compete with a large number of companies, many of which have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we do. Many of our competitors may be able to develop products and processes competitive with, or superior to, our own. Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully develop or introduce new products that are less costly or offer better performance than those of our competitors, or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered by our competitors. For more information regarding our competitors, see Item 1, “Business,” under the subheading “Competition.”

In addition, the orthopedic medical device industry in which we compete is undergoing, and is characterized by, rapid and significant technological change. We expect competition to intensify as technological advances are made. New technologies and products developed by other companies are regularly introduced into the market, which may render our products or technologies non-competitive or obsolete.

Obsolete inventories as a result of changes in demand for our products and change in life cycles of our products could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

The life cycles of some of our products depend heavily upon the life cycles of the end-products into which our products are designed. End-market products with short life cycles require us to manage closely our production and inventory levels. Inventory may also become obsolete because of adverse changes in end-market demand. We may in the future be adversely affected by obsolete or excess inventories, which may result from unanticipated changes in the estimated total demand for our products or the estimated life cycles of the end-products into which our products are designed. In addition, some customers restrict how far back the date of manufacture for our products can be and certain customers may stop ordering products from us and go out of business due to adverse economic conditions; therefore, some of our product inventory may become obsolete and, thus, adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our ability to market products successfully depends, in part, upon the acceptance of the products not only by consumers, but also by independent third parties.

Our ability to market our BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation products successfully depends, in part, on the acceptance of the products by independent third parties (including hospitals, doctors, other healthcare providers and third-party payors) as well as patients. Unanticipated side effects or unfavorable publicity concerning any of our products could have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain hospital approvals or achieve acceptance by prescribing physicians, managed care providers and other retailers, customers and patients.

We could be subject to indemnification obligations under our agreement with the purchaser of our former sports medicine business unit.

In May 2012, we sold our former sports medicine business unit, Breg, Inc., to an affiliate of Water Street Healthcare Partners II, L.P. pursuant to a stock purchase agreement between us and the buyer. Under the stock purchase agreement, we agreed to indemnify the buyer with respect to certain specified matters, including (i) an ongoing U.S. government investigation and certain ongoing product liability matters relating to a previously owned infusion pump product line, and (ii) product liability claims relating to pre-closing sales of cold therapy units and certain post-closing sales of cold therapy units. These matters are further described under the subheading “Matters Related to Our Former Breg Subsidiary and Possible Indemnification Obligations” in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings”. We currently cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, or range of loss, in connection with certain of these


indemnified matters. In the event they are substantial, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We depend on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, but we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality, or assure the protection, of these assets.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to protect our current and future technologies and products and to defend our intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect our intellectual property adequately, competitors may manufacture and market products similar to, or that compete directly with, ours. Numerous patents covering our technologies have been issued to us, and we have filed, and expect to continue to file, patent applications seeking to protect newly developed technologies and products in various countries, including the U.S. Some patent applications in the U.S. are maintained in secrecy until the patent is issued. Because the publication of discoveries tends to follow their actual discovery by several months, we may not be the first to invent, or file patent applications on any of our discoveries. Patents may not be issued with respect to any of our patent applications and existing or future patents issued to, or licensed by, us and may not provide adequate protection or competitive advantages for our products. Patents that are issued may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by our competitors. Furthermore, our patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or commercializing products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products.

We also rely on trade secrets, unpatented proprietary expertise and continuing technological innovation that we protect, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with assignors, licensees, suppliers, employees and consultants. These agreements may be breached and there may not be adequate remedies in the event of a breach. Disputes may arise concerning the ownership of intellectual property or the applicability or enforceability of confidentiality agreements. Moreover, our trade secrets and proprietary technology may otherwise become known or be independently developed by our competitors. If patents are not issued with respect to our products arising from research, we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality of information relating to these products. In addition, if a patent relating to any of our products lapses or is invalidated, we may experience greater competition arising from new market entrants.

Third parties may claim that we infringe on their proprietary rights and may prevent us from manufacturing and selling certain of our products.

There has been substantial litigation in the medical device industry with respect to the manufacture, use and sale of new products. These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third parties. We may be required to defend against allegations relating to the infringement of patent or proprietary rights of third parties. Any such litigation could, among other things:

require us to incur substantial expense, even if we are successful in the litigation;

require us to divert significant time and effort of our technical and management personnel;

result in the loss of our rights to develop or make certain products; and

require us to pay substantial monetary damages or royalties in order to license proprietary rights from third parties or to satisfy judgments or to settle actual or threatened litigation.

Although patent and intellectual property disputes within the orthopedic medical devices industry have often been settled through assignments, licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include the long-term payment of royalties. Furthermore, the required assignments or licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or a failure to obtain necessary assignments or licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling some products or increase our costs to market these products.

We may be subject to product and other liability claims that may not be covered by insurance and could require us to pay substantial sums. Moreover, fluctuations in insurance expense could adversely affect our profitability.

We are subject to an inherent risk of, and adverse publicity associated with, product liability and other liability claims, whether or not such claims are valid. We maintain product liability insurance coverage in amounts and scope that we believe are reasonable and adequate. There can be no assurance, however, that product liability or other claims will not exceed our insurance coverage limits or that such insurance will continue to be available on reasonable, commercially acceptable terms, or at all. A successful product liability claim that exceeds our insurance coverage limits could require us to pay substantial sums and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

In addition to product liability insurance coverage, we hold a number of other insurance policies, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, property insurance and workers’ compensation insurance. If the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage should increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially adversely impacted.


Our allograft and mesenchymal stem cell allografts could expose us to certain risks that could disrupt our business.

Our Biologics business markets tissue under the brand names Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE®. Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® are derived from human cadaveric donors, and our ability to market the tissues depends on our supplier continuing to have access to donated human cadaveric tissue, as well as the maintenance of high standards by the supplier in its processing methodology. The supply of such donors is inherently unpredictable and can fluctuate over time. We believe that Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® are properly classified under the FDA’s HCT/P regulatory paradigm and not as a medical device or as a biologic or drug. There can be no assurance that the FDA will not at some future date re-classify Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE®, and the reclassification of this product from a human tissue to a medical device could have adverse consequences for us or for the supplier of this product and make it more difficult or expensive for us to conduct this business by requiring premarket clearance or approval as well as compliance with additional post-market regulatory requirements. The success of our Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® allografts will depend on these products achieving broad market acceptance, which can depend on the product achieving broad clinical acceptance, the level of third-party reimbursement and the introduction of competing technologies. Because Trinity Evolution ® and Trinity Elite are classified as HCT/Ps, they can from time to time be subject to recall for safety or administrative reasons.

Our Biologics business also distributes allograft products that are derived from human tissue harvested from cadavers that are used for bone reconstruction or repair, which are surgically implanted into the human body. We believe these allograft products are properly classified as HCT/P products and not as a medical device or a biologic or drug. There can be no assurance that the FDA would agree that this regulatory classification applies to these products and any regulatory reclassification could have adverse consequences for us or for the suppliers of these products and make it more difficult or expensive for us to conduct this business by requiring premarket clearance or approval and compliance with additional post-market regulatory requirements. Moreover, the supply of these products to us could be interrupted by the failure of our suppliers to maintain high standards in performing required donor screening and infectious disease testing of donated human tissue used in producing allograft implants. Our allograft implant business could also be adversely affected by shortages in the supply of donated human tissue or negative publicity concerning methods of recovery of tissue and product liability actions arising out of the distribution of allograft implant products.

We may not be able to successfully introduce new products to the market, and market opportunities that we expect to develop for our products may not be as large as we expect.

During 2015, we continued to make improvements in revenues related to several new products we introduced to the market over the past three years, including the CONSTRUX® Mini PTC™ PEEKTI Composite Spacer System™, Phoenix® Minimally Invasive Spinal Fixation System, the Firebird® Deformity Correction System, the FORZA® Spacer System, TL-HEX TrueLok Hexapod System®, Galaxy Fixation® System, Contours LPS™ (Lapidus Plating System), Centronail® Ankle Compression Nail, among others. Despite our planning, the process of developing and introducing new products (including product enhancements) is inherently complex and uncertain and involves risks, including the ability of such new products to satisfy customer needs, gain broad market acceptance (including by physicians) and obtain regulatory approvals, which can depend, among other things, on the product achieving broad clinical acceptance, the level of third-party reimbursement and the introduction of competing technologies. If the market opportunities that we expect to develop for our products, including new products, are not as large as we expect, it could adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

Growing our business requires that we educate and train physicians regarding the distinctive characteristics, benefits, safety, clinical efficacy and cost-effectiveness of our products.

Acceptance of our products depends in part on our ability to (i) educate the medical community as to the distinctive characteristics, benefits, safety, clinical efficacy and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to alternative products, procedures and therapies, and (ii) train physicians in the proper use and implementation of our products. We support our sales force and distributors through specialized training workshops in which surgeons and sales specialists participate. We also produce marketing materials, including materials outlining surgical procedures, for our sales force and distributors in a variety of languages using printed, video and multimedia formats. To provide additional advanced training for surgeons, consistent with the AdvaMed Code and the Eucomed Code guidelines, we organize monthly multilingual teaching seminars in multiple locations, including our Orthofix Institute for Research, Training and Education in the North American Operations and Training Center in Lewisville, Texas. However, we may not be successful in our efforts to educate the medical community and properly train physicians. If physicians are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us. In addition, a failure to educate the medical community regarding our products may impair our ability to achieve market acceptance of our products.


We may be adversely affected by any disruption in our information technology systems, which could adversely affect our cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

Our operations are dependent upon our information technology systems, which encompass all of our major business functions. We rely upon such information technology systems to manage and replenish inventory, to fill and ship customer orders on a timely basis, to coordinate our sales activities across all of our products and services and to coordinate our administrative activities. A substantial disruption in our information technology systems for any prolonged time period (arising from, for example, system capacity limits from unexpected increases in our volume of business, outages or delays in our service) could result in delays in receiving inventory and supplies or filling customer orders and adversely affect our customer service and relationships. Our systems might be damaged or interrupted by natural or man-made events or by computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions affecting the global Internet. There can be no assurance that such delays, problems, or costs will not have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

As our operations grow in both size and scope, we will continuously need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure. An expansion of our systems and infrastructure may require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources before the volume of our business increases, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. In particular, we are currently upgrading our financial reporting system and other information technology systems as part of our Infrastructure Initiative, project Bluecore. These and any other upgrades to our systems and information technology, or new technology, now and in the future, will require that our management and resources be diverted from our core business to assist in compliance with those requirements. There can be no assurance that the time and resources our management will need to devote to these upgrades, service outages or delays due to the installation of any new or upgraded technology (and customer issues therewith), or the impact on the reliability of our data from any new or upgraded technology will not have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

A significant portion of our operations run on a single Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) platform. To manage our international operations efficiently and effectively, we rely heavily on our ERP system, internal electronic information and communications systems and on systems or support services from third parties. Any of these systems are subject to electrical or telecommunications outages, computer hacking or other general system failure. It is also possible that future acquisitions will operate on different ERP systems and that we could face difficulties in integrating operational and accounting functions of new acquisitions. Difficulties in upgrading or expanding our ERP system or system-wide or local failures that affect our information processing could adversely affect our cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

We are dependent on third-party manufacturers for many of our products.

We contract with third-party manufacturers to produce most of our products, like many other companies in the medical device industry. If we or any such manufacturer fails to meet production and delivery schedules, it can have an adverse impact on our ability to sell such products. Further, whether we directly manufacture a product or utilize a third-party manufacturer, shortages and spoilage of materials, labor stoppages, product recalls, manufacturing defects and other similar events can delay production and inhibit our ability to bring a new product to market in timely fashion. For example, the supply of Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® are derived from human cadaveric donors, and our ability to market the tissues depends on our supplier continuing to have access to donated human cadaveric tissue, as well as, the maintenance of high standards by the supplier in its processing methodology. The supply of such donors is inherently unpredictable and can fluctuate over time. Further, because Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® are classified as HCT/Ps, they could from time to time be subject to recall for safety or administrative reasons.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past. Our future quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly, and we may experience losses depending on a number of factors, including the extent to which our products continue to gain or maintain market acceptance, the rate and size of expenditures incurred as we expand our domestic and establish our international sales and distribution networks, the timing and level of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors, the extent to which we are subject to government regulation or enforcement and other factors, many of which are outside our control.

We depend on our senior management team.

Our success depends upon the skill, experience and performance of members of our senior management team, who have been critical to the management of our operations and the implementation of our business strategy. We do not have key man insurance on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key executive officers could have a material adverse effect on our operations and development.


In order to compete, we must attract, retain and motivate key employees, and our failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In order to compete, we must attract, retain and motivate executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, technical, sales, marketing, finance and support positions. Hiring and retaining qualified executives, engineers, technical staff and sales representatives are critical to our business, and competition for experienced employees in the medical device industry can be intense. To attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, we utilize stock-based incentive awards such as employee stock options. If the value of such stock awards does not appreciate as measured by the performance of the price of our common stock and ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, our ability to attract, retain and motivate our employees could be adversely impacted, which could negatively affect our results of operations and/or require us to increase the amount we expend on cash and other forms of compensation.

We are party to numerous contractual relationships.

We are party to numerous contracts in the normal course of our business. We have contractual relationships with suppliers, distributors and agents, as well as service providers. In the aggregate, these contractual relationships are necessary for us to operate our business. From time to time, we amend, terminate or negotiate our contracts. We are also periodically subject to, or make claims of breach of contract, or threaten legal action relating to our contracts. These actions may result in litigation. At any one time, we have a number of negotiations under way for new or amended commercial agreements. We devote substantial time, effort and expense to the administration and negotiation of contracts involved in our business. However, these contracts may not continue in effect past their current term or we may not be able to negotiate satisfactory contracts in the future with current or new business partners.

We have loaned $15 million to an early stage company as part of our option to acquire it, and may not be able to recoup our investment or successfully complete the acquisition.

On March 4, 2015, we entered into an option agreement with eNeura, Inc., a privately held medical technology company that is developing devices for the treatment of migraines. The option agreement provides us with an exclusive option until September 2016 to acquire eNeura. In consideration for the option, (i) we paid a non-refundable $250,000 fee to eNeura, and (ii) we loaned eNeura $15 million pursuant to a convertible, secured promissory note that was issued to us.

eNeura is using the proceeds of our loan to fund product development work related to its business and to fund its ongoing operations.  Although the promissory note is secured by many of eNeura’s assets (including its intellectual property assets), no assurance can be made that eNeura will be able to repay the promissory note when due in the event that we do not choose to exercise our option to acquire eNeura or convert the promissory note to equity.  In such an event, we could lose all or a substantial portion of our $15 million loan investment.

Further, while we believe that eNeura has made recent progress on product design improvements, initiating a new clinical trial, and initial U.S. commercialization efforts, no assurance can be made that eNeura’s business will ultimately be successful.  In particular, in the event that we ultimately exercise our option to acquire eNeura, we will need to integrate eNeura’s business into our own.  Such integration may involve numerous risks, including the need to successfully continue eNeura’s product development, and incorporate potential products into our own sales, marketing and distribution channels.  A failure to overcome these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with the acquisition could adversely affect our business, prospects and financial condition.

Termination of our existing relationships with our independent sales representatives or distributors could have an adverse effect on our business.

We sell our products in many countries through independent distributors. Generally, our independent sales representatives and our distributors have the exclusive right to sell our products in their respective territories and are generally prohibited from selling any products that compete with ours. The terms of these agreements vary in length, generally from one to ten years. Under the terms of our distribution agreements, each party has the right to terminate in the event of a material breach by the other party and we generally have the right to terminate if the distributor does not meet agreed sales targets or fails to make payments on time. Any termination of our existing relationships with independent sales representatives or distributors could have an adverse effect on our business unless and until commercially acceptable alternative distribution arrangements are put in place. In addition, we operate in areas of the world that have been disproportionately affected by the global recession and we bear risk that existing or future accounts receivable may be uncollected if these distributors or hospitals experience disruptions to their business that cause them to discontinue paying ongoing accounts payable or become insolvent.


We face risks related to foreign currency exchange rates.

Because some of our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in foreign currencies, we are subject to foreign exchange risks that could adversely affect our operations and reported results. To the extent that we incur expenses or earn revenue in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, any change in the values of those foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could cause our profits to decrease or our products to be less competitive against those of our competitors. To the extent that our current assets denominated in foreign currency are greater or less than our current liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, we have potential foreign exchange exposure. The fluctuations of foreign exchange rates during 2015 have had an unfavorable impact of $15.3 million on net sales outside of the U.S. Although we seek to manage our foreign currency exposure by matching non-dollar revenues and expenses, exchange rate fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. To minimize such exposures, we enter into currency hedges from time to time. At December 31, 2015, we had a cross-currency swap to hedge a €9.6 million foreign currency exposure.

We are subject to differing tax rates in several jurisdictions in which we operate.

We have subsidiaries in several countries. Certain of our subsidiaries sell products directly to other Orthofix subsidiaries or provide marketing and support services to other Orthofix subsidiaries. These intercompany sales and support services involve subsidiaries operating in jurisdictions with differing tax rates. Tax authorities in these jurisdictions may challenge our treatment of such intercompany transactions. If we are unsuccessful in defending our treatment of intercompany transactions, we may be subject to additional tax liability or penalty, which could adversely affect our profitability.

We are subject to differing customs and import/export rules in several jurisdictions in which we operate.

We import and export our products to and from a number of different countries around the world. These product movements involve subsidiaries and third parties operating in jurisdictions with different customs and import/export rules and regulations. Customs authorities in such jurisdictions may challenge our treatment of customs and import/export rules relating to product shipments under aspects of their respective customs laws and treaties. If we are unsuccessful in defending our treatment of customs and import/export classifications, we may be subject to additional customs duties, fines or penalties that could adversely affect our profitability.

Our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international sales and operations.

Since we sell our products in many different countries, our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business internationally. We anticipate that net sales from international operations will continue to represent a substantial portion of our total net sales. In addition, a number of our manufacturing facilities and suppliers are located outside the U.S. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements or other restrictive actions by foreign governments;

consequences from changes in tax or customs laws;

difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;

differing labor regulations;

differing protection of intellectual property;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; and

application of the FCPA and other anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws to our operations.

Compliance with government regulations and customer demands regarding the use of “conflict minerals” may result in increased costs and may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 imposes new disclosure requirements regarding the use of certain minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, known as conflict minerals. When these new requirements are implemented, they could affect the pricing, sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of semiconductor devices (including our products). There will be additional costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, such as costs related to determining the source of any conflict minerals used in our products. Our supply chain is complex and we may be unable to verify the origins for all metals used in our products. Customers may demand that the products they purchase be free of conflict minerals. Therefore, we may encounter challenges with our customers and stockholders if we are unable to certify that our products are conflict free. The implementation of this requirement could affect the sourcing and availability of products we purchase from


suppliers in the future. This may reduce the number of suppliers that may be able to provide conflict free products, and may affect our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities to meet customer demand or at competitive prices.

We may incur costs and undertake new debt and contingent liabilities in a search for acquisitions, and we may be unsuccessful in our search for such acquisitions or have difficulty integrating any acquired businesses or product lines.

We continue to search for viable acquisition candidates that would expand our market sector or global presence. We also seek additional products appropriate for current distribution channels. The search for an acquisition of another company or product line by us could result in our incurring costs from such efforts as well as the undertaking of new debt and contingent liabilities from such searches or acquisitions. Such costs may be incurred at any time and may vary in size depending on the scope of the acquisition or product transactions and may have a material impact on our results of operations.

In addition, we compete with other medical device companies for these opportunities, and we may be unable to consummate such acquisitions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. To the extent we are able to make acquisitions; we may experience difficulties in integrating any acquired companies or products into our existing business, including attrition of key personnel from acquired companies or businesses, and significant costs, charges or write downs. In addition, unforeseen operating difficulties integrating acquired companies or businesses could require us to devote significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be available to our existing businesses. To the extent we issue additional equity in connection with acquisitions, this may dilute our existing shareholders.

We may incur significant costs or retain liabilities associated with disposition activity.

We may from time to time sell, license, assign or otherwise dispose of or divest assets, the stock of subsidiaries or individual products, product lines or technologies, which we determine are no longer desirable for us to own, some of which may be material. Any such activity could result in our incurring costs and expenses from these efforts, some of which could be significant, as well as retaining liabilities related to the assets or properties disposed of even though, for instance, the income-generating assets have been disposed of. These costs and expenses may be incurred at any time and may have a material impact on our results of operations.

Our subsidiaries, Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and Victory Medical Limited, maintain a $125 million secured revolving credit facility that expires in August 2020.

On August 31, 2015, the Company, through its subsidiaries, Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and Victory Medical Limited (collectively the “Borrowers”), entered into a credit agreement providing for a five-year secured revolving credit facility of $125 million.  This loan arrangement replaced a prior credit facility that Orthofix Holdings had entered into in 2010.  At the time of implementation in August 2015, no amounts were drawn.  No amounts have been drawn on the credit facility as of December 31, 2015, but the Company may draw on this facility in the future.  

The Company and certain of its existing and future United States and United Kingdom domiciled subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are required to guarantee the repayment of the Borrowers’ obligations under the 2015 Credit Agreement.  The obligations of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors with respect to the 2015 Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of substantially all of the tangible and intangible personal property of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors, including accounts receivable, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property, inventory, equipment and equity interests in their subsidiaries.

The credit agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, repay subordinated indebtedness and enter into affiliate transactions.  In addition, the credit agreement contains financial covenants requiring us on a consolidated basis to maintain, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, a total leverage ratio of not more than 3.0 to 1.0 and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0.  The credit agreement also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type, and upon the occurrence of such events of default, subject to customary cure rights, all outstanding loans under the facility may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ commitments terminated.

We believe that we were in compliance with the negative covenants, and there were no events of default, at December 31, 2015 (and in prior periods). However, there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to meeting such financial covenants in future fiscal quarters.  The failure to do so could result in an event of default under such agreement, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.


Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies.

The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations (see Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” under the subheading “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”). Such methods, estimates and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that leads us to change our methods, estimates and judgments. Changes in those methods, estimates and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations.

Valuation adjustments to “goodwill”, which represents a significant portion of our total assets, may adversely affect our net income and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.

A significant portion of our assets is comprised of goodwill. We may not receive the recorded value for our goodwill if we sell or liquidate our business or assets. The material concentration of goodwill increases the risk of a large charge to earnings if recoverability of goodwill is impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our net income.

Provisions of Curaçao law may have adverse consequences for our shareholders.

We were organized under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles in 1987, with our principal executive office in the Netherlands Antilles located on the island of Curaçao. Prior to October 10, 2010, the Netherlands Antilles, together with Aruba and the Netherlands, formed the Kingdom of the Netherlands, with Curaçao being an island territory of the Netherlands Antilles. Under a constitutional reform of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, agreed upon among the Netherlands Antilles, Aruba and the Netherlands, the Netherlands Antilles was dissolved effective October 10, 2010. Also effective October 10, 2010, Curaçao became an individual constitutional entity within the Kingdom of the Netherlands, having its own government and laws. As a result of the constitutional reform and the dissolution of the Netherlands Antilles, the Netherlands Antilles law ceased to exist and the Company is now a Curaçao legal entity subject to Curaçao law. Although Curaçao has become a separate and autonomous country with its own laws and regulations, the civil and corporate Netherlands Antilles law, as they applied to the Company before October 10, 2010, did not change under the constitutional reform. In effect, Curaçao has adopted the Netherlands Antilles civil and corporate law (to which the Company was subject) that was in effect prior to October 10, 2010.

Our corporate affairs are therefore now governed by our Articles of Association and the corporate law of Curaçao as laid down in Book 2 of the Curaçao Civil Code (“CCC”). Although certain of the provisions of the CCC resemble certain of the provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the U.S., principles of law relating to such matters as the validity of corporate procedures, the fiduciary duties of management and the rights of our shareholders may differ from those that would apply if the Company were incorporated in a jurisdiction within the U.S. For example, there is no statutory right of appraisal under Curaçao corporate law, nor is there a right for shareholders of a Curaçao corporation to sue a corporation derivatively. In addition, we have been advised by Curaçao counsel that it is unlikely that (1) the courts of Curaçao would enforce judgments entered by U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws and (2) actions can be brought in Curaçao in relation to liabilities predicated upon the U.S. federal securities laws.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.


Item 2.

Properties

Our principal facilities as of December 31, 2015 are:

Facility

Location

Approx.

Square

Feet

Ownership

Manufacturing, warehousing, distribution and research and

   development facility for Spine and Orthopedics Products and

   administrative facility for Corporate, Spine, and Biologics

Lewisville, TX

140,000

Leased

Research and development, component manufacturing, quality

   control and training facility for fixation products and sales

   management, distribution and administrative facility for Italy

Verona, Italy

38,000

Owned

International Distribution Center for Orthofix products

Verona, Italy

18,000

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for United

   Kingdom

Maidenhead, England

18,460

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Brazil

Curitiba, Brazil

1,065

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Brazil

São Paulo, Brazil

21,617

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for France

Arcueil, France

8,500

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Germany

Ottobrunn, Germany

16,145

Leased

Sales management, distribution and administrative facility for Puerto

   Rico

Guaynabo, Puerto Rico

2,996

Leased

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

We are party to outstanding legal proceedings, investigations and claims as described below. We believe that it is unlikely that the outcome of each of these matters, including the matters discussed below, will have a material adverse effect on our Company and its subsidiaries as a whole, notwithstanding that the unfavorable resolution of any matter may have a material effect on our net earnings (if any) in any particular quarter. However, we cannot predict with any certainty the final outcome of any legal proceedings, investigations (including any settlement discussions with the government seeking to resolve such investigations) or claims made against us as described in the paragraphs below, and there can be no assurance that the ultimate resolution of any such matter will not have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

We record accruals for certain outstanding legal proceedings, investigations or claims when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We evaluate, on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings, investigations and claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would make a loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, we do not accrue the loss. However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of the accrual) is at least a reasonable possibility and material, then we disclose a reasonable estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if such reasonable estimate can be made. If we cannot make a reasonable estimate of the possible loss, or range of loss, then that is disclosed.

The assessments of whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or range of loss is reasonably estimable, often involve a series of complex judgments about future events. Among the factors that we consider in this assessment are the nature of existing legal proceedings, investigations and claims, the asserted or possible damages or loss contingency (if reasonably estimable), the progress of the matter, existing law and precedent, the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers, the involvement of the U.S. Government and its agencies in such proceedings, our experience in similar matters and the experience of other companies, the facts available to us at the time of assessment, and how we intend to respond, or have responded, to the proceeding, investigation or claim. Our assessment of these factors may change over time as individual proceedings, investigations or claims progress. For matters where we are not currently able to reasonably estimate a range of reasonably possible loss, the factors that have contributed to this determination include the following: (i) the damages sought are indeterminate, or an investigation has not manifested itself in a filed civil or criminal complaint, (ii) the matters are in the early stages, (iii) the matters involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large or uncertain number of actual or potential cases or parties, and/or (iv) discussions with the government or other parties in matters that may be expected ultimately to be resolved through negotiation and settlement have not reached the point where we believe a reasonable estimate of loss, or range of loss, can be made. In such instances, we believe that there is considerable uncertainty regarding the timing or ultimate resolution of such matters, including a possible eventual loss, fine, penalty or business impact, if any.


In addition to the matters described in the paragraphs below, in the normal course of our business, we are involved in various lawsuits from time to time and may be subject to certain other contingencies. To the extent losses related to these contingencies are both probable and reasonably estimable we accrue appropriate amounts in the accompanying financial statements and provide disclosures as to the possible range of loss in excess of the amount accrued, if such range is reasonably estimable. We believe losses are individually and collectively immaterial as to a possible loss and range of loss.

Matters Related to the Audit Committee’s Review and the Restatement of Certain of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Audit Committee Review

In July 2013, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors began conducting an independent review, with the assistance of outside professionals, of certain accounting matters. This review resulted in a restatement of our previously filed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013, as well as the restatement of certain financial information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. This restatement, which we completed and filed in March 2014, is referred to herein as the “Original Restatement.”

In connection with the Company’s preparation of its consolidated interim quarterly financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company determined that certain entries with respect to the previously filed financial statements contained in the filings containing the Original Restatement were not properly accounted for under U.S. GAAP. As a result, the Company determined in August 2014 to restate its previously filed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and quarterly reporting periods contained within the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, as well as the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2014. This restatement, which we completed in March 2015, is referred to herein as the “Further Restatement.”  

SEC Investigation

In connection with the initiation of the Audit Committee’s independent review, we initiated contact with the staff of the Division of Enforcement of the SEC (the “SEC Enforcement Staff”) in July 2013 to advise them of these matters. The Audit Committee and the Company, through respective counsel, have been in direct communication with the SEC Enforcement Staff regarding these matters. The SEC is conducting a formal investigation of these matters, and both the Company and the Audit Committee are cooperating fully with the SEC.

In connection with the above-referenced communications, the Company has received requests from the SEC for documents and other information concerning various accounting practices, internal controls and business practices, and other related matters. Such requests cover the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and in some instances, prior periods. It is anticipated that we may receive additional requests from the SEC in the future, including with respect to the Further Restatement.

We have previously provided notice concerning our communications with the SEC to the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS-OIG”) pursuant to our corporate integrity agreement with HHS-OIG (which agreement is described below in this Item 3).

We cannot predict if, when or how this matter will be resolved or what, if any, actions we may be required to take as part of any resolution of these matters. Any action by the SEC, HHS-OIG or other governmental agency could result in civil or criminal sanctions against us and/or certain of our current and former officers, directors and employees. At this stage in the matter, we cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, or range of loss, in connection with it.

Securities Class Action Complaint

On August 14, 2013, a securities class action complaint against the Company, currently styled Tejinder Singh v. Orthofix International N.V., et al. (No.:1:13-cv-05696-JGK), was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York arising out of the then anticipated restatement of our prior financial statements and the matters described above. Since the date of original filing, the complaint has been amended.

The lead plaintiff’s complaint, as amended, purports to bring claims on behalf of persons who purchased the Company’s common stock between March 2, 2010 and July 29, 2013. The complaint asserts that the Company and four of its former executive officers, Alan W. Milinazzo, Robert S. Vaters, Brian McCollum, and Emily V. Buxton (collectively, the “Individual Defendants”), violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 (“Rule 10b-5”) by making false or misleading statements in or relating to the Company’s financial statements. The complaint further asserts that the Individual Defendants were liable as control persons under Section 20(a) of the


Exchange Act for any violation by the Company of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act or Rule 10b-5. As relief, the complaint requests compensatory damages on behalf of the proposed class and lead plaintiff’s attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 6, 2015, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss as to Mr. Milinazzo and denied it with respect to the Company and the other Individual Defendants.

On October 22, 2015, following negotiations facilitated by an independent mediator, the Company, the remaining Individual Defendants and their insurers reached an agreement in principle with the plaintiff, individually and on behalf of the class it purports to represent, to settle and release all claims with respect to this matter and to dismiss the action with prejudice subject to final court approval. Under the terms of the agreement in principle, the Company, through its insurers, would make a payment to the plaintiff, and the class it purports to represent, to resolve all claims related to the matter, including any claims for plaintiff counsel’s fees and expenses.  On December 7, 2015, all parties to the action executed and filed with the Court a proposed settlement agreement whose terms are consistent with the above-described agreement in principle.  On December 18, 2015, the Court entered a preliminary approval order which, among other things, preliminarily approved the terms of the proposed settlement agreement, subject to a final approval hearing scheduled for April 28, 2016.  The Company has previously incurred and expensed fees and expenses in connection with this matter up to and exceeding its insurance policy deductible and its insurers have undertaken to cover the full amount of the settlement payment, if the proposed settlement is finally approved by the Court. The Company has accrued both the amount of the settlement payment under the agreement in principle, and a corresponding insurance receivable from its insurers, with respect to these matters.  

Deferred Prosecution Agreement and Review of Potential Improper Payments Involving Brazil Subsidiary

In 2012, the Company entered into definitive agreements with the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) and the SEC agreeing to settle a self-initiated and self-reported internal investigation of our Mexican subsidiary, Promeca S.A. de C.V. (“Promeca”), regarding non-compliance by Promeca with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). As part of the settlement, we entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (“DPA”) with the DOJ and a consent to final judgment (the “Consent”) with the SEC. The DOJ agreed not to pursue any criminal charges against us in connection with the Promeca matter if we comply with the terms of the DPA. The DPA takes note of our self-reporting of this matter to the DOJ and the SEC, and of remedial measures, including the implementation of an enhanced compliance program, previously undertaken by us. The DPA and the Consent collectively require, among other things, that with respect to anti-bribery compliance matters we shall continue to cooperate fully with the government in any future matters related to corrupt payments, false books and records or inadequate internal controls. In that regard, we have represented that we have implemented and will continue to implement a compliance and ethics program designed to prevent and detect violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. We are periodically reporting to the government during the term of the DPA regarding such remediation and implementation of compliance measures. 

In August 2013, the Company’s internal legal department was notified of certain allegations involving potential improper payments with respect to its Brazilian subsidiary, Orthofix do Brasil Ltda. The Company engaged outside counsel to assist in the review of these matters, focusing on compliance with applicable anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA. Consistent with the provisions of these agreements, the Company contacted the DOJ and the SEC in August 2013 to voluntarily self-report the Brazil-related allegations. On June 15, 2015, the Company and the DOJ agreed to extend the term of the DPA for two months (through September 17, 2015) to permit the DOJ additional time to evaluate the Company’s compliance with the internal controls and compliance undertakings in the DPA and to further investigate the Brazil-related allegations. On September 17, 2015, the DOJ extended the term of the DPA for an additional ten months (through July 17, 2016), stating that the Company’s efforts to comply with the internal controls and compliance requirements of the DPA during the first eighteen months of the DPA were insufficient.

In the event that the DOJ were to determine in the future to criminally prosecute us for the FCPA-related matters we have self-reported, we be could subject to penalties, the amount or range of which we currently cannot reasonably estimate.


IMSS Matter

Basing its claims on the same or similar events that resulted in the DPA and the Consent, the Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social (“IMSS”) brought legal action against the Company in October 2014.  In February 2016, the Company reached a settlement agreement with IMSS, whereby the Company agreed to pay $1.0 million in cash and, once all regulatory hurdles are cleared, an in-kind payment in the form of products and training valued at $3.0 million. The combined settlement of $4.0 million was accrued as of December 31, 2015 within general and administrative expense. The Company made no admission of liability or wrongdoing and IMSS agreed that no portion of the payments will be characterized as the payment of fines, penalties, or other punitive assessment.

Corporate Integrity Agreement with HHS-OIG

As previously disclosed, on June 6, 2012, we entered into a definitive settlement agreement with the United States of America, acting through the DOJ and on behalf of HHS-OIG; the TRICARE Management Activity, through its General Counsel; the Office of Personnel Management, in its capacity as administrator of the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program; the United States Department of Veteran Affairs; and the qui tam relator, pursuant to which we agreed to pay $34.2 million (plus interest at a rate of 3% from May 5, 2011 through the day before payment was made) to settle criminal and civil matters related to the promotion and marketing of our regenerative stimulator devices (which we have also described in the past as our “bone growth stimulator devices”). In connection with such settlement agreement, Orthofix Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, also pled guilty to one felony count of obstruction of a June 2008 federal audit (§18 U.S.C. 1516) and paid a criminal fine of $7.8 million and a mandatory special assessment of $400. Also as previously disclosed, on October 29, 2012, we, through our subsidiary, Blackstone Medical, Inc., entered into a definitive settlement agreement with the U.S. government and the qui tam relator, pursuant to which we paid $32 million to settle claims (covering a period prior to Blackstone’s acquisition by us) concerning the compensation of physician consultants and related matters. All of the $32 million we paid pursuant to such settlement was funded by proceeds we received from an escrow fund established in connection with our acquisition of Blackstone in 2006.

On June 6, 2012, in connection with these settlements, we also entered into a five-year corporate integrity agreement with HHS-OIG (the “CIA”). The CIA acknowledges the existence of our current compliance program and requires that we continue to maintain during the term of the CIA a compliance program designed to promote compliance with federal healthcare and FDA requirements. We are also required to maintain several elements of our previously existing program during the term of the CIA, including maintaining a Chief Compliance Officer, a Compliance Committee, and a Code of Conduct. The CIA requires that we conduct certain additional compliance-related activities during the term of the CIA, including various training and monitoring procedures, and maintaining a disciplinary process for compliance obligations.

Pursuant to the CIA, we are required to notify the HHS-OIG in writing, among other things, of: (i) any ongoing government investigation or legal proceeding involving an allegation that the Company has committed a crime or has engaged in fraudulent activities; (ii) any other matter that a reasonable person would consider a probable violation of applicable criminal, civil, or administrative laws related to compliance with federal healthcare programs or FDA requirements; and (iii) any change in location, sale, closing, purchase, or establishment of a new business unit or location related to items or services that may be reimbursed by federal healthcare programs. We are also subject to periodic reporting and certification requirements attesting that the provisions of the CIA are being implemented and followed, as well as certain document and record retention mandates. The CIA provides that in the event of an uncured material breach of the CIA, we could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs and/or subject to monetary penalties.

Matters Related to Our Former Breg Subsidiary and Possible Indemnification Obligations

On May 24, 2012, we sold Breg to an affiliate of Water Street Healthcare Partners II, L.P. (“Water Street”) pursuant to a stock purchase agreement (the “Breg SPA”). Under the terms of the Breg SPA, upon closing of the sale, the Company and its subsidiary, Orthofix Holdings, Inc., agreed to indemnify Water Street and Breg with respect to certain specified matters, including the following:

Breg was engaged in the manufacturing and sale of local infusion pumps for pain management from 1999 to 2008. Since 2008, numerous product liability cases have been filed in the United States alleging that the local anesthetic, when dispensed by such infusion pumps inside a joint, causes a rare arthritic condition called “chondrolysis.” The Company incurred losses for settlements and judgments in connection with these matters during 2015, 2014 and 2013 of $0.3 million, $3.8 million and  $6.7 million, respectively. In addition, several cases remain outstanding for which the Company currently cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, or range of loss.

At the time of its divestiture, Breg was currently and had been engaged in the manufacturing and sales of motorized cold therapy units used to reduce pain and swelling. Several domestic product liability cases have been filed in recent years, mostly in California state court, alleging the use of cold therapy causes skin and/or nerve injury and seeking damages on behalf of individual plaintiffs who were allegedly injured by such units or who would not have purchased the units had


they known they could be injured. In September 2014, the Company entered into a master settlement agreement resolving all pending pre-close claims. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company paid approximately $1.3 million, and additional amounts owed under the settlement were paid directly by the Company’s insurance providers. These amounts paid by the Company were recorded as an expense in discontinued operations during the quarter ended June 30, 2014. Remaining cold therapy claims include a putative consumer class of individuals who did not suffer physical harm following use of the devices, and an appeal of an adverse July 2012 California jury verdict and a post-close cold therapy claim pending in California state court. As of December 31, 2015, we have an accrual of $5.7 million for the July 2012 verdict and post-close cold therapy liabilities; however, the actual liability could be higher or lower than the amount accrued. The putative class action is at an early stage and the Company currently cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, or range of loss.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.Form 10-K.

 

 

 



PART IIIII

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Our Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq® Global Select Market under the symbol “OFIX.” The following table shows the quarterly range of high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported by Nasdaq® for each of the two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2015. As of February 24, 2016 we had 311 holders of record of our common stock. The closing price of our common stock on February 24, 2016 was $37.22.

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

30.38

 

 

$

20.50

 

Second Quarter

 

 

36.25

 

 

 

29.68

 

Third Quarter

 

 

36.63

 

 

 

30.13

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

31.01

 

 

 

27.91

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

35.89

 

 

$

28.31

 

Second Quarter

 

 

37.84

 

 

 

31.84

 

Third Quarter

 

 

40.41

 

 

 

31.83

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

41.71

 

 

 

32.51

 

Dividend Policy

We have not paid dividends to holders of our common stock in the past. We currently intend to retain all of our consolidated earnings to finance the repurchase of common shares under the stock repurchase plan approved by the Board of Directors and the continued growth of our business. We have no present intention to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

In the event that we decide to pay a dividend to holders of our common stock in the future with dividends received from our subsidiaries, we may, based on prevailing rates of taxation, be required to pay additional withholding and income tax on such amounts received from our subsidiaries.

Repurchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan in the fourth quarter of 2015, authorizing the purchase of up to $75 million of the Company’s common stock through and including September 2017. Under the program, common share repurchases are expected to consist primarily of open market transactions at prevailing market prices in accordance with the guidelines specified under Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, though the Company may also make repurchases through block trades or privately negotiated transactions. Repurchases may be made from cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and/or borrowings under the Company’s new secured revolving credit facility. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares and may be discontinued at any time. The following table sets forth information with respect to shares of our common stock purchased by the Company during the fourth quarter of 2015.

Period

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

 

Average Price Paid Per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased under Approved Stock Repurchase Program

 

 

Maximum Dollar Value of Shares Yet to be Purchased under Approved Stock Repurchase Program

 

October 2015

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

75,000,000

 

November 2015

 

 

114,773

 

 

$

39.55

 

 

 

114,773

 

 

$

70,460,983

 

December 2015

 

 

179,218

 

 

$

39.26

 

 

 

293,991

 

 

$

63,424,851

 

Total as of December 31, 2015

 

 

293,991

 

 

$

39.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

63,424,851

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered securities during the fourth quarter of 2015.


Exchange Controls

Although there are Curaçao laws that may impose foreign exchange controls on us and that may affect the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to nonresident holders of our securities, including the shares of common stock, we have been granted an exemption from such foreign exchange control regulations by the Central Bank of Curaçao and St. Maarten. Other jurisdictions in which we conduct operations may have various currency or exchange controls. In addition, we are subject to the risk of changes in political conditions or economic policies that could result in new or additional currency or exchange controls or other restrictions being imposed on our operations. For a description of these risks, see Item 1A Risk Factors. As to our securities, Curaçao law and our Articles of Association impose no limitations on the rights of persons who are not residents in or citizens of the Curaçao to hold or vote such securities.

Taxation

Orthofix International N.V. was organized under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles and is headquartered in Curaçao. On October 10, 2010, the Netherlands Antilles ceased to exist and Curaçao became a separate and autonomous country. As of October 10, 2010, the laws as they existed under the Netherlands Antilles automatically became the laws of the country of Curaçao. Our tax rulings and agreements as they existed under the Netherlands Antilles remain in effect. Under the laws of the country of Curaçao as currently in effect, a holder of shares of common stock who is not a resident of, and during the taxable year has not engaged in trade or business through a permanent establishment in Curaçao will not be subject to Curaçao income tax on dividends paid with respect to the shares of common stock or on gains realized during that year on sale or disposal of such shares; Curaçao does not impose a withholding tax on dividends paid by us. There are no gift or inheritance taxes levied by Curaçao when, at the time of such gift or at the time of death, the relevant holder of common shares was not domiciled in Curaçao. No reciprocal tax treaty presently exists between Curaçao and the U.S.



Performance Graph

The following performance graph in this Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing.

The graph below compares the five-year total return to shareholders for Orthofix common stock with comparable returns of two indexes: the Nasdaq Stock Market and Nasdaq stocks for surgical, medical, and dental instruments and supplies.

The graph assumes that you invested $100 in Orthofix Common Stock and in each of the indexes on December 31, 2010. Points on the graph represent the performance as of the last business day of each of the years indicated.



Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The financial data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by, reference to Item 7 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except margin and per share data)

 

Consolidated operating results

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

396,489

 

 

$

402,277

 

 

$

397,611

 

 

$

440,189

 

 

$

435,519

 

Gross profit

 

 

309,964

 

 

 

303,365

 

 

 

290,699

 

 

 

339,463

 

 

 

339,104

 

Gross profit margin

 

 

78

%

 

 

75

%

 

 

73

%

 

 

77

%

 

 

78

%

Total operating income (loss) (2)

 

 

9,255

 

 

 

17,136

 

 

 

(11,192

)

 

 

74,872

 

 

 

6,611

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

 

(2,342

)

 

 

(3,744

)

 

 

(18,205

)

 

 

45,121

 

 

 

(15,806

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(467

)

 

 

(4,793

)

 

 

(10,607

)

 

 

(2,269

)

 

 

(1,892

)

Net (loss) income (1) (2)

 

$

(2,809

)

 

$

(8,537

)

 

$

(28,812

)

 

$

42,852

 

 

$

(17,698

)

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(0.97

)

 

$

2.38

 

 

$

(0.87

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.26

)

 

 

(0.57

)

 

 

(0.12

)

 

 

(0.10

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.15

)

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(1.54

)

 

$

2.26

 

 

$

(0.97

)

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(0.97

)

 

$

2.33

 

 

$

(0.87

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.26

)

 

 

(0.57

)

 

 

(0.12

)

 

 

(0.10

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.15

)

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(1.54

)

 

$

2.21

 

 

$

(0.97

)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

18,795,194

 

 

 

18,459,054

 

 

 

18,697,228

 

 

 

18,977,263

 

 

 

18,219,343

 

Diluted:

 

 

18,795,194

 

 

 

18,459,054

 

 

 

18,697,228

 

 

 

19,390,413

 

 

 

18,219,343

 

(1)

The Company has not paid any dividends in any of the years presented.

(2)

Operating income includes charges related to U.S. Government resolutions of $1.3 million and $57.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Operating income (loss) in 2015, 2014 and 2013 include costs incurred of $9.1 million, $15.6 million and $12.9 million, respectively, for legal and other professional services in connection with the Audit Committee’s independent review of certain accounting matters and the multi-year restatements of our consolidated financial statements that we filed in March 2014 and March 2015.  Operating loss in 2013 also includes a goodwill impairment charge of $19.2 million.  

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

Consolidated financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

400,222

 

 

$

392,956

 

 

$

411,975

 

 

$

464,546

 

 

$

676,160

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,016

 

 

 

210,013

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

290,311

 

 

 

299,627

 

 

 

295,863

 

 

 

356,439

 

 

 

280,304

 



Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis addresses the results of our operations based upon the consolidated financial statements included herein, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). This discussion should be read in conjunction with “Forward-Looking Statements” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis also addresses our liquidity and financial condition and other matters.

General

We are a diversified, global medical device company focused on improving patients’ lives by providing superior reconstructive and regenerative orthopedic and spine solutions to physicians worldwide. Headquartered in Lewisville, TX, the Company has four strategic business units (“SBUs”) that include BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation. Orthofix products are widely distributed via the Company’s sales representatives, distributors and its subsidiaries. In addition, Orthofix is collaborating on research and development activities with leading clinical organizations such as the Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation (“MTF”) and the Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children.

We have administrative and training facilities in the U.S., Italy, Brazil, the U.K., France, Germany, and Puerto Rico and manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and Italy. We directly distribute products in the U.S., Italy, the U.K., Germany, Austria, France, Brazil, and Puerto Rico. In several of these and other markets, we also distribute our products through independent distributors.

Our reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar. All balance sheet accounts, except shareholders’ equity, are translated at year-end exchange rates, and revenue and expense items are translated at weighted average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, including those generated from intercompany operations, are included in other income and expense. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency financial statements are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income component of shareholders’ equity.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are impacted by seasonality trends as revenue associated with elective procedures tends to be higher later in the year and lower in the beginning of the year. In addition, we do not believe our operations will be significantly affected by inflation. However, in the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations. Our objective is to limit the impact of such movements on earnings and cash flows. In order to achieve this objective, we seek to balance non-dollar denominated income and expenditures. During the year, we used a cross-currency swap to hedge foreign currency fluctuation exposures. Our exposure to changes in interest rates is minimal as we do not currently have an outstanding balance on our Credit Agreement. See Item 7A—“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

2015 Operational Achievements

Our strategy in 2015 was built upon the following key objectives:

(i)

Sales Channel Optimization – During 2015 we continued to expand and improve our sales forces in each of our SBUs. We achieved our aggressive sales channel optimization objective for the year as evidenced by expanding our U.S. sales team by 20%. Going forward, we intend to transition into a steady state of moderate expansion and upgrading of our sales force.  Although we invested in sales and marketing expenses at a higher rate this year than we expect to in the long-term, these investments have been very effective in increasing our revenue.

(ii)

Investment in Core Technologies – We invested in our core technologies by focusing on the following areas:

(a)

We increased the rate of new product introductions by launching six significant new products and four product line extensions in our repair businesses, including TrueLok Hex and the Unyco monocortical fixation screw in our Extremity Fixation SBU, along with the Centurion posterior cervical system, Janus midline screw, Phoenix MIS Long Construct, LoneStar Cervical interbody, and the relaunched Azure anterior cervical plate in our Spine Fixation SBU.

(b)

We invested in preclinical and clinical research, including completing seven clinical studies, to both support the use and reimbursement of our regenerative products and find new indications for our technologies. We are also continuing to work on numerous pre-clinical studies that will support each of our SBUs.

(c)

We acquired products and technologies that fill our portfolio gaps and will drive sales.  We continue to identify and acquire rights to tuck-in products, which fill gaps in our fixation SBUs. Most recently, we acquired an expandable


vertebral body replacement and have an agreement in principle for an anterior cervical plate in our Spine Fixation SBU, both due to release in 2016. In addition, our option to purchase eNeura extends until September 2016. Since making our initial investment in the first quarter, eNeura has made progress on product design improvements, a new clinical trial, and initial commercialization efforts in the US, which are critical areas for us to consider in deciding whether to exercise our option. 

(iii)

Improvement of Infrastructure and Control Environment – In 2014 we initiated project “Bluecore,” a multi-year, worldwide initiative to improve the reliability and efficiency of our systems, processes, and reporting.  In addition to re-implementing our Oracle ERP platform worldwide, we executed numerous work streams designed to improve supply chain management, optimize finance and accounting procedures, and transition to less manual processes with fewer redundancies throughout the Company.  Bluecore remains within budget and we expect to go live in the U.S. on our new ERP platform during the second quarter of 2016. During 2015, we spent $21.4 million pursuant to this initiative, $16.0 million of which was capitalized.

2016 Operational Objectives

(i)

Sales Channel Expansion and Optimization – Our objective for 2016 is to increase revenue for each of our SBUs at a faster rate than their respective markets by growing and optimizing our sales force while expanding our product portfolio with new and innovative products. Specifically, in 2016, we expect to accelerate our new product development with new product launches and product line extensions. The most important of these product launches is our next generation bone growth stimulation products for the BioStim SBU; a novel hip fracture system for the Extremity Fixation SBU; and the introduction of our Forza line of proprietary interbody products, which represents a significant upgrade and enhancement to our Firebird® pedicle screw system, and a new anterior cervicle plate in the Spine Fixation SBU.

(ii)

Improvement of Operating Leverage – During 2016 we expect to drive higher margins by improving our operating leverage and reducing selling, general, and administrative expenses. We expect to make progress on this initiative in 2016 and for this to be a continued focus area in the years ahead.

(iii)

Investment in Clinical Research – In order to ensure the long-term success of our Company, we plan to invest significant resources in clinical research, particularly for our regenerative technologies. In 2016, we plan to initiate or continue work on a variety of clinical studies supporting both our existing products and our continued effort to identify new indications for our PEMF technologies.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion of operating results is based upon the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for the carrying values of assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates, which are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that management believe to be reasonable under the circumstances at that certain point in time.  Actual results may differ, significantly at times, from these estimates. We have reviewed our critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

We believe the following critical accounting policies and estimates affect the significant estimates and judgments we use in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  

Revenue Recognition

Commercial revenue is related to the sale of our implant products, generally representing hospital customers. Revenues are recognized when these products have been utilized and a confirming purchase order has been received from the hospital.

Revenue is also derived from third-party payors, including commercial insurance carriers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and governmental payors such as Medicare, in connection with the sale of our stimulation products. Revenue is recognized when the stimulation product is placed on and accepted by the patient and all perfunctory documents that are required by the third-party payor have been obtained. Amounts paid by these third-party payors are generally based on fixed or allowable reimbursement rates. These revenues are recorded at the expected or preauthorized reimbursement rates, net of any


contractual allowances or adjustments. Certain billings are subject to review by the third-party payors and may be subject to adjustment. Revenue for certain government entities is recorded on a cash-basis as collectability is not reasonably assured.

For all distributor revenue, which is primarily related to implant products, we recognize revenue on the sell-through basis, effective April 1, 2013.  Prior to this date, we recognized revenue either on a sell-in or sell-through basis, depending on the specific circumstances of the distributor. In some cases we recognized distributor revenue as title and risk of loss passes at either shipment from our facilities or receipt at the distributor’s facility, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria had been achieved (the “sell-in method”). In some cases the revenue recognition criteria for distributor sales were not satisfied at the time of shipment or receipt; specifically, the existence of extra-contractual terms or arrangements caused us not to meet the fixed or determinable criteria for revenue recognition in some cases, and in others collectability had not been established. In situations where we are unable to satisfy the requirements to recognize revenue on the sell-in method, we recognize revenue relating to distributor arrangements once the product is delivered to the end customer (the “sell-through method”). Because we do not have reliable information about when our distributors sell the product through to end customers, we use cash collection from distributors as a basis for revenue recognition under the sell-through method. Although in many cases we are legally entitled to the accounts receivable at the time of shipment, we have not recognized accounts receivables or any corresponding deferred revenues associated with distributor transactions for which revenue is recognized on the sell-through method.

For distributors on the sell-in method prior to April 1, 2013, cost of sales were recognized upon shipment. For sell-through distributors, whose revenue is recognized upon cash receipt, we consider whether to match the related cost of sales expense with revenue or to recognize expense upon shipment. In making this assessment, we consider the financial viability of our distributors based on their creditworthiness to determine if collectability of amounts sufficient to realize the costs of the products shipped is reasonably assured at the time of shipment to these distributors. In instances where the distributor is determined to be financially viable, we defer the costs of sales until the revenue is recognized.

Biologics revenue is primarily related to a collaborative arrangement with the MTF. We have exclusive global marketing rights and receive marketing fees from MTF based on products distributed by MTF. MTF is considered the primary obligor in these arrangements and therefore we recognize these marketing service fees on a net basis upon shipment of the product to the customer.

Revenues exclude any value added or other local taxes, intercompany sales, and trade discounts. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales. Revenue recognition policies are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including net sales, gross margin, net margin and net income.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Contractual Allowances

The process for estimating the ultimate collection of accounts receivable involves significant assumptions and judgments. Historical collection and payor reimbursement experience is an integral part of the estimation process related to reserves for doubtful accounts and the establishment of contractual allowances. Accounts receivable are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of both reserves for doubtful accounts and contractual allowances. Revisions in allowances for doubtful accounts estimates are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt expense within sales and marketing expenses. Revisions to contractual allowances are recorded as an adjustment to net sales. Our estimates are periodically tested against actual collection experience. We believe our allowance for doubtful accounts is sufficient to cover customer credit risks; however, a 10% increase in our allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2015 would result in an additional charge of $0.9 million. Our allowance for doubtful accounts and contractual allowances are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income, net income, and accounts receivable balances.

Inventory Allowances

Inventory, net of an allowance for excess and obsolescence, is stated at the lower of cost or market.  Reserves for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory are calculated as the difference between the cost of inventory and market, and are based on product life cycle, forecasted demand, and market conditions. Reserves for excess and obsolescence provisions are recorded as adjustments to cost of sales. According to U.S. GAAP, a write-down of inventory to the lower-of-cost-or-market value at the close of a fiscal year creates a new cost basis that subsequently should not be marked up based on changes in underlying circumstances.  Our inventory allowance is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimate could materially affect key financial measures, including gross profit, operating income, net income, and inventory balances. We regularly evaluate our exposure for inventory write-downs.  If conditions or assumptions used in determining the market value change, additional inventory adjustments in the future may be necessary.


Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment if any adverse conditions exist or change in circumstances has occurred that would indicate impairment or a change in the remaining useful life. If an impairment indicator exists, we test the intangible asset for recoverability. For purposes of the recoverability test, we group our intangible assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows if the intangible asset does not generate cash flows independent of other assets and liabilities. If the carrying value of the intangible asset (asset group) exceeds the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the intangible asset (asset group), we will write the carrying value down to the fair value in the period identified. Goodwill and other intangible assets are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income and net income.

We generally calculate fair value of intangible assets as the present value of estimated future cash flows that we expect to generate from the asset using a risk-adjusted discount rate. In determining the estimated future cash flows associated with intangible assets, we use estimates and assumptions about future revenue contributions, cost structures and remaining useful lives of the asset (asset group). The use of alternative assumptions, including estimated cash flows, discount rates, and alternative estimated remaining useful lives could result in different calculations of impairment.

We test goodwill at least annually for impairment, and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist. These indicators include, among others, declines in sales, earnings or cash flows, or the development of a material adverse change in the business climate. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a reporting unit. We have identified four reporting units, which are consistent with our reporting segments; BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation, and Spine Fixation.

In order to calculate the respective carrying values, we initially recorded goodwill based on the purchase price allocation performed at the time of acquisition. Corporate assets and liabilities that directly relate to a reporting unit’s operations are ascribed directly to that reporting unit. Corporate assets and liabilities that are not directly related to a specific reporting unit, but from which the reporting unit benefits, are allocated based on the respective contribution measure of each reporting unit.

As a result of our change in reporting structure in the third quarter of 2013, we allocated goodwill to each reporting unit, and subsequently evaluated the Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation reporting units for the possible impairment of goodwill, as there were indicators of impairment when completing a qualitative analysis. The result of this step two analysis was a full impairment of the goodwill allocated to our Extremity Fixation, and Spine Fixation reporting units, totaling $19.2 million, or $9.8 million and $9.3 million to each reporting unit, respectively, in 2013. There continue to be no indicators of impairment in our remaining reporting units, which were reevaluated at year end using a qualitative assessment.

The Company’s annual goodwill impairment analysis, which was performed qualitatively during the fourth quarters of 2014 and 2015, did not result in any additional impairment charge for either the BioStim or Biologics reporting units, the reporting units with remaining goodwill. This qualitative analysis, which is referred to as step zero, considered all relevant factors specific to the reporting units, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance and relevant entity-specific events

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Non-financial assets and liabilities of the Company measured at fair value include any long-lived assets or equity method investments that are impaired in a currently reported period. The authoritative guidance also describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 —

quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 2 —

observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 3 —

unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions

The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, restricted cash, certificates of deposit, treasury securities, collective trust funds, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term secured debt, available for sale equity and debt securities, common stock warrants, derivative securities, and deferred compensation plan liabilities. The carrying value of restricted


cash, trade accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The Company’s credit facilities carry a floating rate of interest, and therefore, the carrying value is considered to approximate the fair value. The Company’s available for sale equity securities and common stock warrants are recorded at cost, which as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1.8 million, as it is currently impracticable to estimate the fair value of the instruments without incurring excessive costs given the size of the asset and since there have been no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the instruments.  The fair value of the Company’s debt security is based upon significant unobservable inputs, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions. One of the more significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt securities is the discount rate. Holding other inputs constant, an increase in the discount rate of 5% would result in a decrease in fair value of the debt security of $3.6 million, whereas a decrease in the discount rate of 5% would result in an increase in the fair value of the debt security of $6.7 million.  Our fair value measurements are a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimate could materially affect key financial measures, specifically as they relate to financial instruments measured using Level 3 inputs.  

Litigation and Contingent Liabilities

From time to time, we are parties to or targets of lawsuits, investigations and proceedings, including product liability, personal injury, patent and intellectual property, health and safety and employment and healthcare regulatory matters, which are handled and defended in the ordinary course of business. These lawsuits, investigations or proceedings could involve a substantial number of claims and could also have an adverse impact on our reputation and customer base. Although we maintain various liability insurance programs for liabilities that could result from such lawsuits, investigations or proceedings, we are self-insured for a significant portion of such liabilities. We accrue for such claims when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The process of analyzing, assessing and establishing reserve estimates for these types of claims involves judgment. Changes in the facts and circumstances associated with a claim could have a material impact on our results of operations and cash flows in the period that reserve estimates are revised. We believe our insurance coverage and reserves are sufficient to cover currently estimated exposures, but we cannot give any assurance that we will not incur liabilities in excess of recorded reserves or our present insurance coverage. Litigation and contingent liabilities are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including operating income and net income.

Tax Matters

We and each of our subsidiaries are taxed at the rates applicable within each of their respective jurisdictions. The composite income tax rate, tax provisions, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which profits arise. Further, certain of our subsidiaries sell products directly to our other subsidiaries or provide administrative, marketing and support services to our other subsidiaries. These intercompany sales and support services involve subsidiaries operating in jurisdictions with differing tax rates. The tax authorities in such jurisdictions may challenge our treatments under residency criteria, transfer pricing provisions, or other aspects of their respective tax laws, which could affect our composite tax rate and provisions.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We re-evaluate our income tax positions periodically to consider factors such as changes in facts or circumstances, changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision. Tax matters are “critical accounting estimates” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimates could materially affect key financial measures, including net income.

We include interest related to tax issues as part of income tax expense in our consolidated financial statements. We record any applicable penalties related to tax issues within the income tax provision.

Share-based compensation

The fair value of service-based stock options are determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Such value is recognized as expense over the service period net of estimated forfeitures.

The fair value of market-based stock options are determined at the date of the grant using the Monte Carlo valuation methodology. Such value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period adjusted for estimated forfeitures for each separately vesting tranche of the award. The Monte Carlo methodology that we use to estimate the fair value of market-based options incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied.


The expected term of options granted is estimated based on a number of factors, including the vesting and expiration terms of the award, historical employee exercise behavior for both options that are currently outstanding and options that have been exercised or are expired, the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock and an employee’s average length of service. The risk-free interest rate is determined based upon a constant U.S. Treasury security rate with a contractual life that approximates the expected term of the option award. Management estimates expected volatility based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The compensation expense recognized for all equity-based awards is net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated based on an analysis of actual option forfeitures.

We grant performance-based restricted stock awards to executive employees, for which vesting is based upon achieving certain targets for various financial measures. The fair value of performance-based restricted stock awards are recognized, net of estimated forfeitures, over the derived requisite vesting period beginning in the period in which they are deemed probable to vest.

Our share-based compensation is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the assumptions used to develop the estimate could materially affect key financial measures, including gross profit, operating income, and net income.

Results of Operations

The following table presents certain items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percent of net sales for the periods indicated:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

(%)

 

 

2014

(%)

 

 

2013

(%)

 

Net sales

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

Cost of sales

 

 

21.8

 

 

 

24.6

 

 

 

26.9

 

Gross profit

 

 

78.2

 

 

 

75.4

 

 

 

73.1

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

44.9

 

 

 

41.4

 

 

 

44.1

 

General and administrative

 

 

22.0

 

 

 

19.6

 

 

 

17.0

 

Research and development

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

6.7

 

Restatements and related costs

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

3.3

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

 

Total operating income (loss)

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

(2.8

)

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(4.6

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(2.6

)

Net loss

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(7.2

)

Our segment information is prepared on the same basis that management reviews the financial information for operational decision-making purposes. We manage our business by our four SBUs, which are comprised of BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation, Spine Fixation, and supported by Corporate activities. These SBUs represent the segments for which our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker (the “CODM”), reviews financial information and makes resource allocation decisions among business units. Accordingly, our reporting segment information has been prepared based on our four SBUs. The table below presents net sales by SBU. Net sales include product sales and marketing service fees. These four reporting segments are discussed in additional detail below.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

BioStim

 

$

164,955

 

 

 

41.6

%

 

$

154,676

 

 

 

38.5

%

 

$

145,085

 

 

 

36.5

%

Biologics

 

 

59,832

 

 

 

15.1

%

 

 

55,881

 

 

 

13.9

%

 

 

53,746

 

 

 

13.5

%

Extremity Fixation

 

 

96,034

 

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

109,678

 

 

 

27.3

%

 

 

103,359

 

 

 

26.0

%

Spine Fixation

 

 

75,668

 

 

 

19.1

%

 

 

82,042

 

 

 

20.4

%

 

 

95,421

 

 

 

24.0

%

Total net sales

 

$

396,489

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

402,277

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

397,611

 

 

 

100.0

%


BioStim

The BioStim SBU manufactures, distributes, and provides support services of market leading devices that enhance bone fusion. These Class III medical devices are indicated as an adjunctive, noninvasive treatment to improve fusion success rates in cervical and lumbar spine as well as a therapeutic treatment for non-spine fractures that have not healed (non-unions). These devices utilize Orthofix’s patented pulsed electromagnetic field (“PEMF”) technology, which is supported by strong basic mechanism of action data in the scientific literature and as well as strong level one randomized controlled clinical trials in the medical literature.  Current research and clinical studies are also underway to identify potential new clinical indications.  This SBU uses distributors and sales representatives to sell its devices to hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S.

Biologics

The Biologics SBU provides a portfolio of regenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. This SBU specializes in the marketing of the Company’s regeneration tissue forms. Biologics markets its tissues through a network of distributors, independent sales representatives and affiliates to supply to hospitals, doctors, and other healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S. Our partnership with the MTF allows us to exclusively market our Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® tissue forms for musculoskeletal defects to enhance bony fusion.

Extremity Fixation

The Extremity Fixation SBU offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of orthopedic conditions unrelated to the spine. This SBU specializes in the design, development, and marketing of the Company’s orthopedic products used in fracture repair, deformity correction and bone reconstruction procedures. Extremity Fixation distributes its products through a network of distributors, sales representatives and affiliates to sell orthopedic products to hospitals, doctors, and other health providers, globally.

Spine Fixation

The Spine Fixation SBU specializes in the design, development and marketing of a broad portfolio of implant products used in surgical procedures of the spine. Spine Fixation distributes its products through a network of distributors, sales representatives, and affiliates to sell spine products to hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers, globally.

Corporate

Corporate activities are comprised of the operating expenses, including share-based compensation, of Orthofix International N.V. and its holding company subsidiaries, along with activities not necessarily identifiable within the four SBUs.

2015 Compared to 2014

Net Sales

The table below presents net sales by SBU reporting segment. Net sales include product sales and marketing service fees.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Reported

Increase

(Decrease)

 

 

Constant

Currency

Increase

(Decrease)

 

BioStim

 

$

164,955

 

 

$

154,676

 

 

 

6.6

%

 

 

6.7

%

Biologics

 

 

59,832

 

 

 

55,881

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

7.1

%

Extremity Fixation

 

 

96,034

 

 

 

109,678

 

 

 

(12.4

)%

 

 

1.0

%

Spine Fixation

 

 

75,668

 

 

 

82,042

 

 

 

(7.8

)%

 

 

(7.3

)%

Total net sales

 

$

396,489

 

 

$

402,277

 

 

 

(1.4

)%

 

 

2.4

%

Net sales decreased $5.8 million in 2015 compared to 2014. The impact of foreign currency decreased sales by $15.3 million in 2015 when compared to 2014. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, net sales increased $9.5 million or 2.4%. Net sales include product sales from BioStim, Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation and marketing service fees from Biologics, which is comprised of biologic sales of Trinity Evolution®, Trinity ELITE®and VersaShield®.


Net Sales by SBU

Net sales in our BioStim SBU increased $10.3 million, or 6.6%, in 2015 compared to 2014. The increase in net sales was primarily due to additional market penetration through our direct and distributor sales channels.

Net sales in our Biologics SBU increased $4.0 million, or 7.1%, in 2015 compared to 2014. The increase in net sales was mainly due to an increase in the total number of independent distributors and increased sales from existing distributors, which was partially offset by anticipated low single digit competitive pricing pressures.

Net sales in our Extremity Fixation SBU decreased $13.6 million, or 12.4%, in 2015 compared to 2014. The decrease in net sales was primarily due to the negative impact of changes in foreign exchange rates in 2015, which resulted in a decrease in net sales of $14.7 million. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, Extremity Fixation net sales increased $1.1 million, or 1.0%. The increase in sales is due to the increase in demand for our products partially offset by the impact of macroeconomic challenges in certain of our markets. The negative impact of foreign exchange rates on net sales was driven primarily by the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro and Brazilian Real in 2015. The change in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and the Euro negatively impacted sales by approximately $10.3 million and the change in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and the Brazilian Real negatively impacted sales by approximately $3.4 million.  

Net sales in our Spine Fixation SBU decreased $6.4 million, or 7.8%, in 2015 compared to 2014. The decrease in net sales was primarily due to the short term impact of our reorganization of the U.S. sales force in late 2014 and a decrease in cash collections from distributors whose revenue is recognized upon cash receipt, partially offset by increased revenue from additional distributors added in 2015 as part of our sales force rebuilding and expansion initiatives.

Gross Profit

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Net sales

 

$

396,489

 

 

$

402,277

 

 

$

(5,788

)

 

 

(1.4

)%

Cost of sales

 

 

86,525

 

 

 

98,912

 

 

 

(12,387

)

 

 

(12.5

)%

Gross profit

 

$

309,964

 

 

$

303,365

 

 

$

6,599

 

 

 

2.2

%

Gross profit as a percent of net sales in 2015 was 78.2% compared to 75.4% in 2014. The increase in gross profit as a percent of net sales was primarily driven by an increased sales mix of our BioStim and Biologics regenerative solutions relative to our other products, improved inventory management and improved operating efficiencies.

Operating Expenses

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

178,080

 

 

$

166,547

 

 

$

11,533

 

 

 

6.9

%

General and administrative

 

 

87,157

 

 

 

79,074

 

 

 

8,083

 

 

 

10.2

%

Research and development

 

 

26,389

 

 

 

24,994

 

 

 

1,395

 

 

 

5.6

%

Restatements and related costs

 

 

9,083

 

 

 

15,614

 

 

 

(6,531

)

 

 

(41.8

)%

Total operating expenses

 

$

300,709

 

 

$

286,229

 

 

$

14,480

 

 

 

5.1

%

Sales and Marketing Expense

  The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an overall increase in sales and field-based training personnel as part of the rebuilding and expansion of our sales organization, as well as sales commission quota overachievement in certain territories, resulting in an increase in compensation costs, including commissions, of approximately $6.8 million. The growth in sales and marketing expense is also partly driven by an increase to bad debt expense of $2.4 million, of which $2.0 million was in response to the recent fiscal and economic difficulties experienced by the Puerto Rico Commonwealth. As a percent of net sales, sales and marketing expense was 44.9% in 2015 compared to 41.4% in 2014.


General and Administrative Expense

The increase in general and administrative expense, inclusive of amortization of intangible assets, was primarily driven by legal settlements totaling $5.3 million in 2015, increased spending of $1.6 million associated with the strengthening of our infrastructure as part of Project Bluecore, increased stock-based compensation expense of $1.5 million, and an increase in professional fees and personnel costs within our finance department as part of our internal controls remediation efforts. These increases were partially offset by the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates between 2015 and 2014. As a percent of net sales, general and administrative expense was 22.0% in 2015 compared to 19.6% in 2014.

Research and Development Expense

The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to increases in consulting fees and clinical trial costs of $1.6 million, when compared to 2014, as the Company invests resources to identify potential new clinical indications for its PEMF technology in BioStim and for new product development in Spine Fixation and Extremity Fixation. As a percent of net sales, research and development expense was 6.7% in 2015 compared to 6.2% in 2014.

Restatements and Related Costs

The decrease in restatements and related costs was primarily due to a reduction in outside consultant costs incurred during our Further Restatement filed in March 2015 when compared to our Original Restatement filed in March 2014. Costs incurred in 2015 relate to the restatement, which was completed in the first quarter of 2015, and the resulting SEC Investigation and Securities Class Action Complaint. In October of 2015, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle this matter. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company, through its insurers, made a payment to the plaintiff, and the class it purports to represent, to settle the matter. Therefore, we expect costs related to restatements to decrease in future periods due to the settlement.  

Non-operating Expenses

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

(489

)

 

$

(1,785

)

 

$

1,296

 

 

 

(72.6

)%

Other expense

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(2,895

)

 

 

2,636

 

 

 

(91.1

)%

Total non-operating expense

 

$

(748

)

 

$

(4,680

)

 

$

3,932

 

 

 

(84.0

)%

Interest Expense, net

The decrease in interest expense, net was primarily driven by interest income of $1.0 million related to the eNeura Convertible Promissory Note and the pay down of all outstanding debt under the Revolving Credit Facility in the third quarter of 2014.

Other Expense

The decrease in other expense, net was primarily due to a $3.1 million gain on the sale of the Company’s Tempus Cervical Plate product line in 2015, which was offset by the effect of foreign exchange transactions due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar primarily against the Euro and the Brazilian Real in 2015 as compared to 2014. Several of our foreign subsidiaries hold trade payables or receivables in currencies (most notably the U.S. Dollar) other than their functional currency, which results in foreign exchange gains or losses when there is relative movement between those currencies.

Income Taxes

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Income tax expense

 

$

10,849

 

 

$

16,200

 

 

$

(5,351

)

 

 

(33.0

)%

Effective tax rate

 

 

127.5

%

 

 

130.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes as a percentage of pre-tax income from continuing operations was 127.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared with 130.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The effective tax rate in both years was primarily impacted by losses in jurisdictions for which we are currently unable to recognize an income tax benefit, as well as recording a valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets in Puerto Rico in 2015 and in Brazil in 2014.  


Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations include losses of approximately $0.5 million and $4.8 million, net of income taxes, in 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The losses were primarily from legal settlements and legal costs, which relate to certain specified product liability matters in relation to the Company’s former subsidiary, Breg. Orthofix agreed to indemnify Breg and its purchaser with respect to such matters.

Net Loss

Net loss in 2015 was $(2.8) million, or $(0.15) per basic and diluted share compared to $(8.5) million, or $(0.46) per basic and diluted share for 2014.

2014 Compared to 2013

Net Sales

The table below presents net sales by SBU reporting segment. Net sales include product sales and marketing service fees.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

Reported

Increase

(Decrease)

 

 

Constant

Currency

Increase

(Decrease)

 

BioStim

 

$

154,676

 

 

$

145,085

 

 

 

6.6

%

 

 

6.6

%

Biologics

 

 

55,881

 

 

 

53,746

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

Extremity Fixation

 

 

109,678

 

 

 

103,359

 

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

6.4

%

Spine Fixation

 

 

82,042

 

 

 

95,421

 

 

 

(14.0)

%

 

 

(14.0

)%

Total net sales

 

$

402,277

 

 

$

397,611

 

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

1.3

%

Net sales increased $4.7 million in 2014 compared to 2013. The change in foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted sales by $0.3 million in 2014 when compared to 2013. Net sales include product sales from BioStim, Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation and marketing service fees from Biologics, which is comprised of biologic sales of Trinity Evolution®, Trinity ELITE® and VersaShield®.

Net Sales by SBU

The increase in BioStim net sales was due to enhancements to the sales organization, which included adding management and salespeople in underserved geographies as well as additional sales representatives exclusively dedicated to our Physio-Stim® product line, in addition to the reduction in third-party payor revenue in 2013 driven by our transition to recognize revenue upon accumulation of the full billable package for third-party payors given the increased complexity in insurance billing requirements.

The increase in Biologics net sales was mainly due to an expanded sales channel as well as continued conversion to our next generation cell-based bone growth tissue technology (Trinity ELITE®).  These increases were offset slightly by a reduction in marketing fee percentages received for our Trinity products starting in April 2013.

The increase in Extremity Fixation net sales was due to recently expanded product launches and improvement in international collections of cash basis sales. The increase was partially offset by declining revenue in Brazil, which has experienced significant disruption to the sales channel during 2014 as we rebuild our Brazil sales organization.  

The decrease in Spine Fixation net sales was due to a loss of sales momentum resulting from our efforts to reorganize the sales force to improve profitability, which began in late 2013 and continued through the first half of 2014.


Gross Profit

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Net sales

 

$

402,277

 

 

$

397,611

 

 

$

4,666

 

 

 

1.2

%

Cost of sales

 

 

98,912

 

 

 

106,912

 

 

 

(8,000

)

 

 

(7.5

)%

Gross profit

 

$

303,365

 

 

$

290,699

 

 

$

12,666

 

 

 

4.4

%

Gross profit as a percent of net sales in 2014 was 75.4% compared to 73.1% in 2013. The increase in gross profit as a percent of net sales is primarily driven by higher inventory reserves in 2013.

Operating Expenses

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

166,547

 

 

$

175,468

 

 

$

(8,921

)

 

 

(5.1

)%

General and administrative

 

 

79,074

 

 

 

67,517

 

 

 

11,557

 

 

 

17.1

%

Research and development

 

 

24,994

 

 

 

26,768

 

 

 

(1,774

)

 

 

(6.6

)%

Restatements and related costs

 

 

15,614

 

 

 

12,945

 

 

 

2,669

 

 

 

20.6

%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

19,193

 

 

 

(19,193

)

 

 

(100.0

)%

Total operating expenses

 

$

286,229

 

 

$

301,891

 

 

$

(15,662

)

 

 

(5.2

)%

Sales and Marketing Expense

  The decrease in sales and marketing expense was due to tighter cost controls of non-variable expenses, along with lower commission rates due to the reorganization of the Brazil and U.S. Spine Fixation sales forces, as well as a decrease in Spine Fixation sales. As a percent of net sales, sales and marketing expense was 41.4% in 2014 compared to 44.1% in 2013.

General and Administrative Expense

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to our investment in the implementation of an internal audit function and focused efforts on key process and control improvements.  In addition, we spent $3.8 million in 2014 on Bluecore.  Also in 2014, medical insurance payouts were higher than normal causing a large fluctuation from the prior year since the Company is self-insured up to a stop loss threshold. As a percent of net sales, general and administrative expense was 19.7% in 2014 compared to 17.0% in 2013.

Research and Development Expense

The decrease in research and development expense was primarily due to a $2 million payment to MTF in the second quarter of 2013 for the development and commercialization of Trinity ELITE®, which was released in the first half of 2013. As a percent of net sales, research and development expense declined slightly to 6.2% in 2014 compared to 6.7% for the same period last year.

Restatements and Related Costs

As part of our accounting review and restatement of our consolidated financial statements, the Company incurred $15.6 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Impairment of Goodwill

As part of our change in reportable segments, we reallocated goodwill to each new reporting unit, and subsequently evaluated each reporting unit for impairment. As a result of this analysis, a full impairment of the goodwill allocated to our Spine Fixation and Extremity Fixation reporting units, of $19.2 million, was recognized in 2013.


Non-operating Expenses

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

(1,785

)

 

$

(1,827

)

 

$

42

 

 

 

(2.3

)%

Other (expense) income

 

 

(2,895

)

 

 

2,416

 

 

 

(5,311

)

 

 

(219.8

)%

Total non-operating (expense) income

 

$

(4,680

)

 

$

589

 

 

$

(5,269

)

 

 

(894.6

)%

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net was $1.8 million in both 2014 and 2013, primarily as the result of substantial repayments of long-term debt during 2013, resulting in a lower year over year outstanding debt balance, and to a lesser extent, lower interest rates, offset by increased fees associated with a larger unused revolver balance.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income for 2013 was primarily due to our receipt of $4.4 million related to the demutualization of a mutual insurance company in which we were an eligible member to share in such proceeds. In addition, 2014 was negatively impacted by foreign exchange rates. Several of our foreign subsidiaries hold trade payables or receivables in currencies (most notably the U.S. Dollar) other than their functional (local) currency, which results in foreign exchange gains or losses when there is relative movement between those currencies.

Income Taxes

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Year over year change

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Income tax expense

 

$

16,200

 

 

$

7,602

 

 

$

8,598

 

 

 

113.1

%

Effective tax rate

 

 

130.1

%

 

 

(71.7)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We recognized a $16.2 million and $7.6 million provision for income tax for 2014 and 2013, respectively.   The income tax expense and effective tax rate for the year ended 2014 reflects a disproportionate ratio to the $7.6 million of income tax expense and effective tax rate of (71.7%) for the year ended 2013.  The principal factors affecting the Company’s 2014 effective tax rate were the Company’s mix of earnings amongst various tax jurisdictions, state taxes, changes in the valuation allowance, and changes in income tax reserves.  

Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations include losses of approximately $4.8 million and $10.6 million, net of income taxes, in 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The losses were primarily from legal settlements and legal costs, which relate to certain specified product liability matters in relation to the Company’s former subsidiary, Breg. Orthofix agreed to indemnify Breg and its purchaser with respect to such matters.

Net Loss

Net loss in 2014 was $(8.5) million, or $(0.46) per basic and diluted share, compared to $(28.8) million, or $(1.54) per basic and diluted share for 2013.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flow

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015 were $63.7 million. This compares to cash, cash equivalents of $36.8 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in cash and cash equivalents in 2015 was primarily due to cash provided by operating and financing activities, partially offset by cash used in investing activities and the effect of exchange rate changes on cash.

 

 

Year Ended December, 31,

 

 

Year over Year

 

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

43,224

 

 

$

50,958

 

 

$

(7,734

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(38,349

)

 

 

(19,950

)

 

 

(18,399

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

25,114

 

 

 

(19,994

)

 

 

45,108

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

(3,141

)

 

 

(3,123

)

 

 

(18

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

26,848

 

 

$

7,891

 

 

$

18,957

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities is comprised of net loss, non-cash items (including depreciation and amortization, provision for doubtful accounts, share-based compensation, deferred taxes gain on the sale of assets, interest accruals, and impairment losses) and changes in working capital. Net loss decreased $5.7 million to a net loss of $2.8 million in 2015 compared to net loss of $8.5 million in 2014. Non-cash items for 2015 increased $3.8 million to $30.5 million compared to $26.7 million in 2014. Working capital accounts provided $15.5 million of cash in 2015 and provided $32.8 million in 2014. The change in working capital accounts is primarily attributable to trade accounts receivable, inventories, and trade accounts payable. Overall performance indicators for our two primary working capital accounts, accounts receivable and inventory reflect day’s sales in receivables of 55 days at December 31, 2015 compared to 56 days at December 31, 2014 and inventory turns of 1.5 and 1.7 times as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the purchase of debt securities in connection with the Option Agreement entered into with eNeura of $15.3 million and an increase in capital expenditures of $9.4 million as a result of Bluecore. During 2015 and 2014, we invested $27.9 million and $18.5 million in capital expenditures, respectively. These increases were partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $4.8 million in 2015.

Financing Activities

Net cash from financing activities increased in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the repayment of all outstanding long term debt of $20.0 million in 2014 and the removal of the restricted cash requirement at June 30, 2015, as a result of the Company having no outstanding balance on its 2010 secured revolving credit facility and compliance with all required covenants, compared to a restricted cash requirement of $34.4 million as of December 31, 2014. The Company also paid debt issuance costs of $1.8 million as part of the credit facility entered into on August 31, 2015, which is discussed below. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2015, we received proceeds of $3.7 million compared to $10.5 million during 2014 from the issuance of shares of our common stock related to stock purchase plan issuances, stock option exercises, and the vesting of restricted stock awards. In 2015, we used $11.6 million in connection with the share repurchase plan.

Infrastructure Initiative

In 2014, we initiated project “Bluecore,” a multi-year, company-wide process and systems improvement initiative to improve the reliability and efficiency of our systems, processes, and reporting as well as drive down overhead expenses. This project is planned to continue through the end of 2016.  Bluecore has numerous work streams primarily focused around re-implementing our Oracle ERP system worldwide, improving our financial controls and reporting, streamlining our order to cash processes and collections, and optimizing our supply chain for cost reductions and field inventory visibility, among other upgrades.  The total budget, including operating and capital expenditures, for this project is approximately $30 million for 2015 and 2016, of which $21.4 million was spent in 2015, and approximately $6 million is budgeted for 2016.  We expect approximately 85% of this investment will be capitalized.


Credit Facilities

On August 31, 2015, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “2015 Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as Administrative Agent, and certain lenders party thereto. The 2015 Credit Agreement provides for a five year $125 million secured revolving credit facility and replaces the Company’s prior 2010 credit facility, which expired and matured pursuant to its terms on August 30, 2015 with no amounts outstanding.  As of December 31, 2015, the Company has not made any borrowings under the 2015 Credit Agreement. For additional information regarding the terms of the 2015 Credit Agreement, see Note 7 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

The Company had no borrowings and an unused available line of credit of €5.8 million ($6.3 million and $7.0 million) at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, on its Italian line of credit. This unsecured line of credit provides the Company the option to borrow amounts in Italy at rates which are determined at the time of borrowing.

Puerto Rico Commonwealth

Due to the recent fiscal and economic difficulties experienced by the Puerto Rico Commonwealth, which include amongst other factors, failure to satisfy debt service obligations, the issuing of a Fiscal and Economic Growth Plan, and receiving downgrades in credit ratings, the Company increased its accounts receivable reserve estimate, resulting in additional bad debt expense of $2.0 million during the third quarter of 2015. Reserves may increase in the future if economic conditions in Puerto Rico deteriorate further. Beginning October 1, 2015, the Company only recognizes revenue from transactions with government customers in Puerto Rico when cash is received.  Thus, the Company expects revenue in Puerto Rico to decline in the near-term.

Share Repurchase Plan

The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized a share repurchase plan, authorizing the purchase of up to $75 million of the Company’s common stock through and including September 2017. Under the program, common share repurchases are expected to consist primarily of open market transactions at prevailing market prices in accordance with the guidelines specified under Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, though the Company may also make repurchases through block trades or privately negotiated transactions. Repurchases may be made from cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and/or borrowings under the Company’s new secured revolving credit facility. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares and may be discontinued at any time. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had repurchased 293,991 shares of common stock for $11.6 million.

Other

We have incurred substantial expenses for legal and other professional services in connection with the multi-year restatements of our consolidated financial statements that we filed in March 2014 and March 2015. These expenses were approximately $37.6 million from July 2013 through December 2015.

The Company’s current intention is to indefinitely reinvest the total amount of its unremitted foreign earnings (residing outside Curaçao) in the local jurisdiction. As an entity incorporated in Curaçao, “foreign subsidiaries” refer to both U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries.  Furthermore, only income sourced in the U.S. is subject to U.S. income tax. Unremitted foreign earnings increased from $374.1 million at December 31, 2014 to $442.1 million at December 31, 2015. The $442.1 million includes $451.7 million in U.S subsidiaries. It is not practicable to determine the amounts of net additional income tax that may be payable if such earnings were repatriated.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

Total

 

 

2016

 

 

2017 - 2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021 and thereafter

 

Operating leases

 

 

14,701

 

 

 

3,531

 

 

 

7,709

 

 

 

1,732

 

 

 

1,729

 

Inventory purchase obligations (1)

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

15,810

 

 

$

4,640

 

 

$

7,709

 

 

$

1,732

 

 

$

1,729

 


(1)

The Company has inventory purchase commitments with third-party manufactures.   Due to the uncertainty of our future purchasing requirements, obligations under these agreements are included in the preceding table at the amount committed through December 31, 2015 all of which are due in 2016.  

We may be required to make cash outlays related to our uncertain tax positions. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits, inclusive of interest and penalties, of $16.5 million as of December 31, 2015 have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. For further information on unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 13 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposures include changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations. These exposures can vary sales, cost of sales, costs of operations and the cost of financing and yields on cash and short-term investments. We use derivative financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage these risks. However, our risk management policy does not allow us to hedge positions we do not hold nor do we enter into derivative or other financial investments for trading or speculative purposes. As of December 31, 2015, we had a cross-currency swap in place to minimize foreign currency exchange risk related to a €9.6 million ($10.4 million translated at the December 31, 2015 foreign exchange rate) intercompany note. As of December 31, 2015 the fair value of the cross-currency swap was approximately $2.5 million and is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with our Revolving Credit Facility, which bears interest at floating rates based on LIBOR plus an applicable borrowing margin or at a base rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus an applicable borrowing margin. Therefore, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market value of the debt, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. As the Company does not have any balance outstanding associated with the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2015, this risk is currently minimal.

The Company believes that a concentration of credit risk related to its accounts receivable is limited because its customers are geographically dispersed and the end users are diversified across several industries. It is reasonably possible that changes in global economic conditions and/or local operating and economic conditions in the regions these customers operate, or other factors, could affect the future realization of these accounts receivable balances.

Our foreign currency exposure results from fluctuating currency exchange rates, primarily the U.S. Dollar against the Euro, Brazilian Real, or Great Britain Pound. We are subject to cost of sales currency exposure when we produce products in foreign currencies such as the Euro, Brazilian Real, or Great Britain Pound and sell those products in U.S. Dollars. We are subject to transactional currency exposures when our subsidiaries (or the Company itself) enter into transactions denominated in a currency other than their functional currency. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a foreign currency loss of $3.5 million on the statement of operations resulting from gains and losses in foreign currency transactions.

We also are subject to currency exposure from translating the results of our global operations into the U.S. dollar at exchange rates that fluctuate during the period. The U.S. dollar equivalent of international sales denominated in foreign currencies was unfavorably impacted during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 by monthly foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against all of the foreign functional currencies for our international operations during 2015 and 2014 versus the same periods in 2014 and 2013. As we continue to distribute and manufacture our products in selected foreign countries, we expect that future sales and costs associated with our activities in these markets will continue to be denominated in the applicable foreign currencies, which could cause currency fluctuations to materially impact our operating results. An analysis was performed to determine the sensitivity of our current year net sales and operating income to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We determined that if the U.S. Dollar decreased in value by 10% relative to all foreign currencies of our international operations it would result in an increase in net sales of $9.5 million and an increase in operating income of $0.2 million. If the U.S. Dollar increased in value by 10% relative to all foreign currencies of our international operations it would result in a decrease in net sales of $9.5 million and a decrease in operating income of $0.2 million.


Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

At the end of the period covered by this Report, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation of reliable financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because of the inherent limitations in any internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements may occur and not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was made as of a specific date, and continued effectiveness in future periods is subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may decline.

In connection with the preparation and filing of this Form 10-K, the Company’s management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on the framework set forth in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Based on its evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the specified criteria.

Ernst & Young has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which follows this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2015 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Orthofix International N.V.

We have audited Orthofix International N.V.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Orthofix International N.V.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Orthofix International N.V. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Orthofix International N.V. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 of Orthofix International N.V. and our report dated February 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 29, 2016


Item 9B.

Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Form 10-K is omitted from this annual report and will be filed in a definitive proxy statement or by an amendment to this annual report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report.

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

WeExecutive Officers

Our current executive officers are listed and described below.  Messrs. Mason, Rice, Bianchi and Finegan and Ms. Elting are referred to collectively throughout this Amendment as our “named executive officers.”

  Name

Age

Position

  Bradley R. Mason

64

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

  Douglas C. Rice

52

Chief Financial Officer

  Davide Bianchi

53

President, Global Extremity Fixation

  Kimberley A. Elting

53

Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

  Michael M. Finegan

54

Chief Strategy Officer

  Raymond S. Fujikawa

61

President, Spine Fixation

  Robert A. Goodwin II

47

President, Biologics

  Bradley V. Niemann

48

President, BioStim

Bradley R. Mason. Mr. Mason has served as a director since the Company’s 2013 annual general meeting of shareholders. Mr. Mason rejoined Orthofix in March 2013 as our President and Chief Executive Officer after previously serving as Group President, North America from June 2008 through October 2009, and as a Strategic Advisor from November 2009 through October 2010. Prior to being appointed as Group President, North America, he had served as a Vice President of the Company since December 2003, when the Company acquired Breg, Inc. Prior to its acquisition by Orthofix, Mr. Mason had served as President and Chairman of Breg, a company he principally founded in 1989 with five other shareholders. Mr. Mason has over 30 years of experience in the medical device industry, some of which were spent with dj Orthopedics (formally DonJoy) where he became an owner and executive in its early development stage and held the position of Executive Vice President. Following his retirement from Orthofix in 2010, he served in a variety of part-time consulting and advisory roles, including as a consultant to Orthofix since October 2012, which consulting relationship terminated as of March 13, 2013 when he rejoined Orthofix. Mr. Mason is the named inventor on 38 issued patents in the orthopedic product arena. He graduated Summa Cum Laude with an Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degree from MiraCosta College.

Douglas C. Rice. Mr. Rice became the Company’s Chief Financial Officer in April 2015.  He joined Orthofix as Chief Accounting Officer in September 2014 and was appointed to the position of Interim Chief Financial Officer later that month. Mr. Rice joined the Company from Vision Source, an international optometric network provider, where he had served since 2012 as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Rice served as the Vice President Finance, Treasurer of McAfee, a security technology company, from 2007 to 2012, when it was acquired by Intel. From 2000 to 2007, he served as the Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller of Concentra, Inc., a national healthcare service provider. Mr. Rice’s over 25 years of finance experience also included finance leadership positions with la Madeleine, Allied Marketing Group as well as PricewaterhouseCoopers (formerly Coopers & Lybrand). He is a certified public accountant, and holds an MBA and BBA, with honors, from Southern Methodist University.

Davide Bianchi. Mr. Bianchi joined Orthofix as President, International Extremity Fixation in July 2013 and was named as the Company’s President, Global Extremity Fixation in December 2013. From February 2009 through June 2013, Mr. Bianchi served as President of the Heart Valve Global Business Unit at Sorin Group. Earlier in his career, he spent 10 years with Edwards Lifesciences, where he served as the European Marketing Manager; the Business Director, Emerging Markets; the Managing Director, Germany; the Vice President, Sales; and, most recently, the Vice President, Marketing, EMEA. Mr. Bianchi received his Master in Business Management from ISTUD Milano.

Kimberley A. Elting. Ms. Elting joined Orthofix as Chief Legal Officer in September 2016 and was named Chief Legal and Administrative Officer in 2017. Before joining the Company, she had served since 2013 as General Counsel and Vice President Corporate Affairs at TriVascular Technologies, Inc. In this role, she led the legal, compliance, human resources (HR) and government affairs functions. Between 2007 and 2012, she served in various roles of increasing responsibility with St. Jude Medical, including General Counsel and Vice President of HR and Health Policy for the Neuromodulation Division. She also previously was a partner at the Jones Day law firm where she counseled clients in the health care sector on mergers and acquisitions and regulatory matters. A graduate of Ithaca College, Ms. Elting earned her Law Degree from the University of Denver and an LL.M. in Health Law from Loyola University Chicago.

Michael M. Finegan. Mr. Finegan joined Orthofix in June 2006 as Vice President of Corporate Development, and became the President, Biologics in March 2009. In October 2011, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Business Development, and President, Biologics, and in June 2013, to his current position as Chief Strategy Officer. Prior to joining Orthofix, Mr. Finegan spent 16 years as an executive with Boston Scientific in a number of different operating and strategic roles, most recently as Vice President of Corporate Sales. Earlier in his career, Mr. Finegan held sales and marketing roles with Marion Laboratories and spent three years in banking with First Union Corporation (Wachovia). Mr. Finegan earned a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Wake Forest University.


Raymond S. Fujikawa. Mr. Fujikawa joined the Orthofix team in August 2013 as Senior Vice President of Commercial Strategy. With more than 33 years of experience in medical device sales, Mr. Fujikawa was directly responsible for establishing sales forces at Mitek, Surgiquip and Li Medical Technologies while serving as their Vice President of Sales. Additionally, he was Vice President of Sales at Breg, Inc. where he was one of the creators of their business solution program. Mr. Fujikawa is the author of the sales training program “Student of the Game” which is used by companies to enhance their sales results. He frequently lectures on this program at major university business schools. Mr. Fujikawa began his career as a medical device salesman, which led him to increasing responsibilities in successive management roles. ​ 

Robert A. Goodwin II. Mr. Goodwin was appointed President of the Biologics strategic business unit in July 2013. Mr. Goodwin joined Orthofix in 2006 as Director of Business Development before being promoted to Vice President of Finance in 2008, Vice President of Business Development in 2009 and the role of Vice President of Marketing for Biologics in 2012. He has more than 23 years of medical device experience, including escalating levels of responsibility in functional areas of finance, sales, new product development, I/T, business development and marketing. Prior to joining Orthofix, Mr. Goodwin was with U.S. Endoscopy, Aspect Medical Systems, and CR Bard. Mr. Goodwin holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting and Finance from the University of Maine.​

Bradley V. Niemann. Mr. Niemann was appointed President of the BioStim strategic business unit in June 2013. He joined Orthofix in March 2012 as Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations for Orthofix's Global Spine Business. Mr. Niemann has more than 15 years of experience in the medical devices industry, with a particularly strong track record in expanding the utilization of bone growth stimulation technology. From 2004-2012, Mr. Niemann worked in a variety of management roles at DJO Global, Inc. before joining Orthofix. Mr. Niemann holds a Bachelor of Science in Management from DePaul University.

The Board and Committees of the Board

Our Board

Our Articles of Association provides that the Board shall consist of not less than six and no more than fifteen directors, the exact number to be determined from time-to-time by resolution of the Board. The Board is currently comprised of nine seats. Directors are elected at each annual general meeting of shareholders (the “Annual General Meeting”) by a plurality of the votes cast, in person or by proxy by the shareholders. Directors are elected to serve until the following year’s Annual General Meeting or until a successor is elected and qualified. Because we are required by Curaçao law to hold the Annual General Meeting in Curaçao, we do not have a policy regarding director attendance at the Annual General Meeting, and no directors were present at our 2017 Annual General Meeting. However, in the event that our pending domestication to Delaware is consummated, such that future annual meetings of shareholders may be held in the U.S., we expect that some or all directors will attend such annual meetings in the future.

The Board meets at least four times per year in person at regularly scheduled meetings, but will meet more often in person if necessary. In addition, the Board typically holds several additional meetings each year by telephone conference as events require. The Board met six times during 2017, four of which were in-person meetings.  The Board has four standing committees: the Audit and Finance Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Compliance and Ethics Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee. During 2017 every director attended more than 75% of the aggregate of all meetings of the Board and the Committees on which he or she served held during the period for which he or she was a director or Committee member, as applicable.

Of our nine current directors, the Board has determined that each of Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs, Mr. Lukianov, Ms. Marks, Mr. Matricaria, Mr. Paolucci, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Sicard are independent under the current Nasdaq listing standards. Mr. Mason is not considered independent, as he also serves as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

Name

Age

 

Director Since

Independent

Audit and Finance Committee

 

Compensation Committee

Compliance and Ethics Committee

 

 Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Luke Faulstick

 

55

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

James Hinrichs

 

50

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexis V. Lukianov

 

62

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lilly Marks

 

70

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bradley R. Mason

 

64

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ronald Matricaria (Chairman)

 

75

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael E. Paolucci

 

58

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maria Sainz

 

52

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

John Sicard

 

54

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Current Directors (and Directors Standing for Election at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Luke Faulstick

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Faulstick, 55, joined the Board in September 2014. He has over 25 years of experience as a manufacturing executive and is a recognized expert on Lean Manufacturing and work culture. Since 2012, Mr. Faulstick has been co-owner, President and Chief Executive Officer of PPI Inc., a company operating several manufacturing-focused businesses. Prior to forming PPI, he was the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of DJO Global. He previously held senior operating management roles at Tyco Healthcare, Graphic Controls, Mitsubishi Consumer Electronics and Eastman Kodak. Under his leadership, DJO Global’s operations teams and manufacturing plants won numerous awards including the Shingo Prize for Operational Excellence, Industry Week’s Best Plants, and the Association of Manufacturing Excellence Operational Excellence Award. Mr. Faulstick received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering from Michigan State University and a Master of Science Degree in Engineering from Rochester Institute of Technology. He previously served on the boards of Alphatec Spine and Microdental, as well as Chairman of the Board of the Association of Manufacturing Excellence. Currently he is a member of the Rady Children’s Hospital Foundation Board of Trustees and a Certified Board of Director through the UCLA Anderson School of Business.

The Board believes that Mr. Faulstick’s extensive experience as a manufacturing executive, operational knowledge and industry expertise, as well as his previous and current board memberships, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.

James F. Hinrichs

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Hinrichs, 50, was appointed to the Board in April 2014. From April 2015 to October 2017, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Alere Inc, a publicly traded diagnostic company, prior to its sale to Abbott Labs. From December 2010 through March 2015, he served as Chief Financial Officer of CareFusion Corporation, a publicly traded medical technology company, prior to its sale to Becton Dickinson. He previously served as CareFusion’s Senior Vice President, Global Customer Support, from January 2010 to December 2010, and as its Senior Vice President, Controller, from January 2009 to January 2010. Prior to joining CareFusion when it was spun off from Cardinal Health, Inc., he worked since 2004 at Cardinal Health in various positions including Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller of Cardinal Health, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of its Healthcare Supply Chain Services segment. He joined Cardinal Health following over a decade of finance and marketing roles at Merck & Co. He holds undergraduate and graduate degrees in business from Carnegie Mellon University.

The Board believes that Mr. Hinrichs’ financial and accounting experience gained through the foregoing roles, including in particular his experience as a public company chief financial officer, provide important expertise to the Board and enable him to provide service and leadership as the Chair of the Company’s Audit and Finance Committee.

Alexis V. Lukianov

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Re-Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)


Mr. Lukianov, 62, became a director in December 2016, bringing to the Board his more than 30 years of experience in the orthopedic industry. From July 1999 to March 2015, he served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of NuVasive, Inc., a publicly-traded medical device company focused on the design, development and marketing of products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders, including serving as Chairman of the Board between 2004 and 2015.  From April 1996 to April 1997, Mr. Lukianov was a founder of and served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of BackCare Group, Inc., a spine physician practice management company.  From January 1990 to October 1995, Mr. Lukianov held a variety of senior executive positions, including President, with Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of medical devices to treat disorders of the cranium and spine and a subsidiary of Medtronic, Inc., a publicly-traded medical technology company. Between 1987 and 1990, he was

the director of a business unit at Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics that brought limb lengthening technology to the United States from Russia.  From 2007 until its acquisition in 2015 by Royal Philips, he served on the Board of Directors of Volcano Corporation, a Nasdaq-listed medical technology company. He has previously served on the boards and the executive committees of BIOCOM, a regional life sciences trade association, the Medical Device Manufacturers Association (MDMA), a national trade association, and the California Health Institute (CHI). Mr. Lukianov also serves on a number of private and non-profit boards.

The Board believes that Mr. Lukianov’s experience leading medical device and orthopedic companies brings valuable industry experience to the Board.

Lilly Marks

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Ms. Marks, 70, was appointed to the Board in June 2015. She currently serves as the Vice President for Health Affairs for the University of Colorado and has led the University of Colorado Anschutz Medical Campus. Ms. Marks has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of the University of Colorado Health System, Children’s Hospital Colorado, and the Advisory Board for Clinical Research of the National Institutes of Health. She is currently a member of the Board of Directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, the Fitzsimons Redevelopment Authority, the Association of Academic Health Centers (AAHC), the Global Down Syndrome Foundation and the Rose Community Foundation. Additionally, she is a member of the Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) Advisory Panel on Research and is a trustee of the University of Colorado Foundation. Ms. Marks is a graduate of the University of Colorado.

The Board believes that Ms. Marks’ extensive experience from her previous and current board memberships, as well as her accomplished academic background, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.


Bradley R. Mason

Director President and Chief Executive Officer (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Mason, 64, has served as a director since the 2013 Annual General Meeting. Mr. Mason rejoined Orthofix in March 2013 as our President and Chief Executive Officer after previously serving as Group President, North America from June 2008 through October 2009, and as a Strategic Advisor from November 2009 through October 2010. Prior to being appointed as Group President, North America, he had served as a Vice President of the Company since December 2003, when the Company acquired Breg, Inc. Prior to its acquisition by Orthofix, Mr. Mason had served as President and Chairman of Breg, a company he principally founded in 1989 with five other shareholders. Mr. Mason has over 30 years of experience in the medical device industry, some of which were spent with dj Orthopedics (formerly DonJoy) where he became an owner and executive in its early development stage and held the position of Executive Vice President. Since his retirement from Orthofix in 2010, he has served in a variety of part-time consulting and advisory roles, including as a consultant to Orthofix since October 2012 (which consulting relationship has been terminated as of March 13, 2013). Mr. Mason is the named inventor on 38 issued patents in the orthopedic product arena. He graduated Summa Cum Laude with an Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degree from MiraCosta College.

The Board believes that Mr. Mason’s leadership skills, operational knowledge and industry expertise, and his perspective as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.

Ronald Matricaria

Chairman of the Board (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Matricaria, 75, was appointed to the Board in March 2014. He has more than 35 years of medical device and pharmaceutical experience at St. Jude Medical, Inc. and Eli Lilly and Company, Inc. From April 1993 to May 1999, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of St. Jude Medical, Inc. and served as Chairman of the Board of Directors from January 1995 to May 2002. Prior to joining St. Jude Medical, Mr. Matricaria spent 23 years with Eli Lilly and Company, Inc., where his last position was Executive Vice President of the Pharmaceutical Division of Eli Lilly and Company and President of its North American operations. He also served as President of Eli Lilly International Corporation, as well as President of its Medical Device Division. He currently serves as a director of Kinaxis Inc. a SaaS based software company traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Until recently, he served as Chairman of the Board at Volcano Corporation and as a member of the Boards of Phoenix Children’s Hospital and Life Technologies Corporation. Additionally, Mr. Matricaria previously has served on the board of a number of other public and private companies including Home Depot Inc., Diametric Medical Inc., Ceridian Inc., Centocor Inc., Haemonetics Inc., Kinetic Concepts, Inc., Hospira Inc., Cyberonics Inc., Vistacare Inc., Advanced Medical Technology Association (AdvaMed), the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association International Section, the American Diabetes Association, the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education, the National Foundation for Infectious Diseases, the National Retiree Volunteer Center and the Indiana Repertory Theatre as well as a trustee on the board of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Science. He also chaired the BioMedical Engineering Institute campaign, which raised an operating endowment for the Institute at the University of Minnesota. He remains a Trustee emeritus of the University of Minnesota Foundation. Mr. Matricaria holds a bachelor’s degree in pharmacy from the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and was awarded an honorary Doctor of Science degree in pharmacy, as well as an honorary PharmD degree, in recognition of his contributions to the practice of pharmacy.

The Board believes that Mr. Matricaria’s wealth of experience as both an executive and director in the medical device industry brings invaluable experience and leadership qualities to the Board.


Michael E. Paolucci

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Paolucci, 58, was named to the Board and appointed to the Compensation Committee in March 2016. A seasoned Human Resource (HR) executive, Mr. Paolucci has more than 20 years of global experience working directly with Boards of Directors and C-level executives to improve organizational capabilities and HR programs that result in sustained improvements in business performance. He currently serves as Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer for Halozyme Therapeutics Inc., a late stage oncology and biopharmaceutical company on the forefront of cancer research. Prior to Halozyme, Mr. Paolucci served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resource Officer for CareFusion. He also served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources at NuVasive, and spent five years at Life Technologies. He was head of Human Resources for the services division of Hewlett Packard and served in several leadership roles with EDS, which was acquired by Hewlett Packard. Prior to HP/EDS, he was a partner with the HR consulting firm Towers Perrin. Mr. Paolucci is a graduate of Ohio State University.

The Board believes that Mr. Paolucci’s extensive experience as a HR executive and relevant knowledge and understanding of public company compensation issues brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.

 Maria Sainz

Director (Nominated to Stand for Re-Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Ms. Sainz, 52, became a director of Orthofix in November 2012, after previously having served on the Board from June 2008 to September 2011. From April 2012 to June 2017, she was the President and Chief Executive Officer, and a director, of CardioKinetix Inc., a heart failure related medical device company. From April 2008 to October 2011, she was President and Chief Executive Officer of Concentric Medical, Inc., a company developing and commercializing devices to perform mechanical clot removal post-stroke, which was sold to Stryker Corporate in October 2011. Upon this acquisition, she served as General Manager of the Stryker Neurovascular business unit until April 2012. From 2003 to 2006, she was the President of the Cardiac Surgery division of Guidant Corporation. After Boston Scientific acquired Guidant, Ms. Sainz led the integration process for both the Cardiac Surgery and European Cardiac Rhythm Management business of Guidant into Boston Scientific. Between 2001 and 2003, Ms. Sainz was the Vice President of Global Marketing – Vascular Intervention of Guidant. Ms. Sainz earned a Bachelor and Masters of Arts from the Universidad Complutense de Madrid and a Master’s Degree in International Management from American Graduate School of International Management. Ms. Sainz has served as a director of publicly-traded medical device companies The Spectranetics Corporation and MRI Interventions, Inc. since November 2010 and January 2014, respectively. Ms. Sainz has also been serving on the Board of Directors of Halyard Health, Inc. since February 2015.

Ms. Sainz provides the Board with significant experience in the medical device industry, as well as insight into international markets. The Board also values the perspective she brings from her current position as a chief executive officer.

John Sicard

Director (Nominated to Stand for Election as Director at the 2018 Annual General Meeting)

Mr. Sicard, 54, became a director of Orthofix in March 2018. Mr. Sicard joined the Board in March 2018. He currently serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer, and Board Member of Kinaxis, a global supply chain management software company that delivers cloud-based solutions to some of the world’s largest manufacturing companies, including many in the life science sector. Mr. Sicard joined Kinaxis in 1994 where he has held a number of senior management roles including Chief Strategy Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President of Marketing Development and Service Operations and Vice President of Customer Services. Mr. Sicard assumed the role of President and Chief Executive Officer of Kinaxis in January 2016. Prior to Kinaxis, Mr. Sicard held positions at FastMAN Software Systems, and Monenco Agra.

The Board believes that Mr. Sicard’s extensive experience as a strategic supply chain management executive, as well as his current board membership, brings unique and valuable insight to the Board.


Board Leadership Structure

Mr. Matricaria, who is an independent director, serves as the Chairman of the Board. Mr. Mason, who is also a director, serves as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. The Board believes that the separation of these two critical roles best serves the Company’s shareholders at this time because it allows our President and Chief Executive Officer to focus on providing leadership over our day-to-day operations while our independent Chairman focuses on leadership of the Board.

The Audit and Finance Committee

Our Audit and Finance Committee is a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The committee oversees the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board. The committee is responsible for the selection, compensation, and oversight of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The committee reviews matters relating to the Company’s internal controls, as well as other matters warranting committee attention. The committee also meets privately, outside the presence of Orthofix management, with our independent registered public accounting firm.

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit and Finance Committee, a copy of which is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com.

The Audit and Finance Committee met ten times during 2017 (four of which were in-person meetings). 

Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs and Mr. Matricaria currently serve as members of the Audit and Finance Committee, with Mr. Hinrichs serving as Chair. Under the current rules of Nasdaq and pursuant to Rule 10A-3 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act, all of the committee members are independent. The Board has determined that Mr. Hinrichs is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K.

The Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing compensation policies and determining, approving and overseeing the total compensation packages for our executive officers, including all elements of compensation. The committee administers our 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 LTIP”), the primary equity incentive plan under which we make equity-related awards, together with its predecessor, the 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (under which some grants made prior to 2013 remain outstanding) (the “2004 LTIP”). In addition, the committee administers our Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan (the “SPP”), an equity plan under which most of our employees and directors are eligible to purchase common shares of the Company.

The Compensation Committee met nine times during 2017 (four of which were in-person meetings). 

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, a copy of which is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com.

As of the beginning of 2017, Mr. Paolucci, together with Drs. Guy Jordan and Anthony Martin, served as the members of the Compensation Committee, with Dr. Jordan serving as Chair. Drs. Jordan and Martin each retired from the Board as of last year’s annual meeting. To fill the committee seats vacated by Drs. Jordan and Martin, and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Lukianov replaced Drs. Jordan and Martin on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting (at which time Mr. Paolucci became Chair). All of these members (i) are non-employee, non-affiliated, outside directors who have been determined by the Board to be independent under the current rules of Nasdaq and (ii) satisfy the qualification standards of Section 162(m) of the Code, and Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

No interlocking relationship, as defined in the Exchange Act, currently exists, nor existed during 2017, between the Board or Compensation Committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity.

The Compliance and Ethics Committee

The Compliance and Ethics Committee assists the Board in overseeing the Company’s Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program and the Company’s global compliance with various international and domestic laws and regulations, including those related to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable global anti-corruption laws. The committee also assists the Board in overseeing the Company’s compliance with the Company’s own Corporate Code of Conduct, policies and procedures.

The Compliance and Ethics Committee met five times in 2017 (four of which were in-person meetings).

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compliance and Ethics Committee, a copy of which is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com.


As of the beginning of 2017, Ms. Sainz, Ms. Marks and Dr. Jordan served as members of the Compliance and Ethics Committee, with Ms. Sainz serving as Chair. To fill the committee seat vacated by Dr. Jordan, in connection with his retirement from the Board and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Mr. Paolucci replaced Dr. Jordan on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting. All of these members have been determined by the Board to be independent under the current rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the SEC.

The Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee assists the Board in identifying qualified individuals to become Board members, recommends to the Board nominees for election at each Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, develops and recommends to the Board the Company’s corporate governance principles and guidelines, and evaluates potential candidates for executive positions as appropriate. In connection with this role, the committee periodically reviews the composition of the Board in light of the characteristics of independence, skills, experience and availability of service, with an emphasis on the particular areas of skill and experience needed by the Board at any given time. The committee periodically reviews with the Chairman of the Board and the President and Chief Executive Officer succession planning, and makes recommendations to the Board in connection with succession planning. The committee also oversees the Board’s annual evaluation process, which includes the completion of questionnaires covering the Board, each committee and individual director performance.

The Nominating and Governance Committee met six times in 2017 (five of which were in-person meetings). 

The Board has adopted a written charter for the Nominating and Governance Committee, a copy of which is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com.

As of the beginning of 2017, Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs and Dr. Martin served as members of the Nominating and Governance Committee, with Mr. Faulstick serving as Chair.  To fill the seat vacated by Dr. Martin, in connection with his retirement from the Board and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Mr. Lukianov replaced Dr. Martin on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting. All of these members have been determined by the Board to be independent under the current rules of Nasdaq and the SEC.

Corporate Code of Conduct

Our Corporate Code of Conduct is the Company’s code of ethics applicable to all directors, officers and employees worldwide. The goals of our Corporate Code of Conduct, as well as our general corporate compliance and ethics program (which we have branded the Integrity Advantage™ Program), are to deter wrongdoing and to promote (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (ii) the full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with, or submit to, the SEC and in other public communications made by us, (iii) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, (iv) the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Corporate Code of Conduct, and (v) accountability for adherence to the Corporate Code of Conduct. Our Corporate Code of Conduct applies to all areas of professional conduct, including customer relationships, conflicts of interest, financial reporting, use of company assets, insider trading, intellectual property, confidential information and workplace conduct. Under the Corporate Code of Conduct, employees, directors and executive officers are responsible for promptly reporting potential violations of any law, regulation or the Corporate Code of Conduct to appropriate personnel or a hotline we have established.

Our Corporate Code of Conduct is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com under the Corporate Governance caption in the Investors section.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The Board plays an important role in overseeing various risks that we may face from time to time. While the full Board has primary responsibility for risk oversight, it utilizes its committees, as appropriate, to monitor and address the risks that may be within the scope of a particular committee’s expertise or charter. For example, the Audit and Finance Committee oversees our financial statements and the Compliance and Ethics Committee assists in the Board’s oversight of compliance with certain legal and regulatory requirements. The Board believes the composition of its committees, and the distribution of the particular expertise of each committee’s members, makes this an appropriate structure to more effectively monitor these risks.

An important feature of the Board’s risk oversight function is to receive updates from its committees and management, as appropriate. In that regard, the Board regularly receives updates from the President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer, and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer, including in connection with material litigation and legal compliance matters. The Board also receives updates at quarterly in-person Board meetings on committee activities from each committee Chair. In addition, the president or other senior executive of each Company division or business unit periodically reviews and assesses the most significant risks associated with his or her division or unit. These assessments are then aggregated by our


management team and presented to the Board. The Board regularly discusses with management these risk assessments and includes risk management and risk mitigation as part of its oversight of the enterprise risk management program and its ongoing strategic planning process.

Shareholder Communication with the Board

To facilitate the ability of shareholders to communicate with the Board, we have established an electronic mailing address and a physical mailing address to which communications may be sent: boardofdirectors@orthofix.com, or c/o Orthofix Holdings Inc., Mr. Ronald A. Matricaria, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Orthofix International N.V., 3451 Plano Parkway, Lewisville, TX 75056.

Mr. Matricaria reviews all correspondence addressed to the Board and presents to the Board a summary of all such correspondence and forwards to the Board or individual directors, as the case may be, copies of all correspondence that, in the opinion of Mr. Matricaria, deals with the functions of the Board or committees thereof or that he otherwise determines requires their attention. Examples of communications that would be logged, but not automatically forwarded, include solicitations for products and services or items of a personal nature not relevant to us or our shareholders. Directors may at any time review the log of all correspondence received by Orthofix that is responsiveaddressed to this Item 10 regarding executive compensationmembers of the Board and request copies of any such correspondence.

Nomination of Directors

As provided in its charter, the Nominating and Governance Committee identifies and recommends to the Board nominees for election or re-election to the Board and will consider nominations submitted by shareholders. The Nominating and Governance Committee Charter is available for review on our website at www.orthofix.com.

The Nominating and Governance Committee seeks to create a Board that is strong in its collective diversity of skills and experience with respect to finance, research and development, commercialization, sales, distribution, leadership, technologies and industry knowledge. The Nominating and Governance Committee reviews with the Board, on an annual basis, the current composition of the Board in light of the characteristics of independence, skills, experience and availability of service to Orthofix of its members and of anticipated needs. If necessary, we will retain a third party to assist us in identifying or evaluating any potential nominees for director. When the Nominating and Governance Committee reviews a potential new candidate, it looks specifically at the candidate’s qualifications in light of the needs of the Board at that time given the then current mix of director attributes.

As provided for in our definitiveCorporate Governance Guidelines, in nominating director candidates, the Nominating and Governance Committee strives to nominate directors that exhibit high standards of ethics, integrity, commitment and accountability. In addition, our Corporate Governance Guidelines state that all nominations should attempt to ensure that the Board shall encompass a range of talent, skills and expertise sufficient to provide sound guidance with respect to our operations and activities. Other than as set forth in the Corporate Governance Guidelines with respect to the Board’s objective in seeking directors with a range of talent, skills and expertise, the Board and the Nominating and Governance Committee do not have a formal policy with respect to the diversity of directors.

Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, directors must inform the Chairman of the Board and the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee in advance of accepting an invitation to serve on another company’s board of directors. In addition, no director may sit on the board of directors of, or beneficially own a significant financial interest in, any business that is a material competitor of Orthofix. The Nominating and Governance Committee reviews any applicable facts and circumstances relating to any such potential conflict of interest and determines in its reasonable discretion whether a conflict exists.

To recommend a nominee, a shareholder shall send notice to the Board c/o Orthofix Holdings Inc., Mr. Luke Faulstick, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee of Orthofix International N.V., 3451 Plano Parkway, Lewisville, TX 75056. This notice should include the candidate’s brief biographical description, a statement of the qualifications of the candidate, taking into account the qualification requirements set forth above and the candidate’s signed consent to be named in the proxy statement or in an amendmentand to this annual reportserve as a director if elected. The notice must be given not later than 120180 days afterbefore the endfirst anniversary of the fiscal year coveredlast Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Once we receive the recommendation, the Nominating and Governance Committee will determine whether to contact the candidate to request that he or she provide us with additional information about the candidate’s independence, qualifications and other information that would assist the Nominating and Governance Committee in evaluating the candidate, as well as certain information that must be disclosed about the candidate in our proxy statement, if nominated. Candidates must respond to our inquiries within the time frame provided in order to be considered for nomination by this annual report, in either case under the caption “Information About Directors,” “Section 16 (a)Nominating and Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Governance Committee has not received any nominations for director from shareholders for the 2018 Annual General Meeting.


Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers and others possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporateddirectors, and holders of more than 10% of our common shares (collectively, the “Reporting Persons”) to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in this Item 10ownership of our common shares. Such persons are required by reference.regulations of the SEC to furnish us with copies of all such filings. Based on our review of these reports and related representations by the Reporting Persons, we believe that all Section 16(a) reports were filed timely in 2017, except that due to an internal administrative error at the Company, the Form 4 relating to the Company’s annual equity grant to directors and executive officers on July 3, 2017 was filed two business days late for each of the directors and executive officers serving at such time.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee, comprised entirely of independent, non-management directors, is responsible for establishing and administering the Company’s policies involving the compensation of its executive officers. No employee of the Company serves on the Compensation Committee. The Committee members have no interlocking relationships as defined by the SEC.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Executive Overview

We will provide informationfocus our compensation program for our named executive officers and other executives on financial, strategic and operational goals established by the Board of Directors to create value for our shareholders. Our guiding compensation principle is to pay for performance. Our compensation program is designed to motivate, measure and reward the successful achievement of our strategic and operating goals without promoting excessive or unnecessary risk taking.

In 2017, our primary business strategy was to accelerate our organic topline growth rate while maintaining Adjusted EBITDA margins. We believe that is responsivethis strategy proved effective and resulted in us exceeding our growth expectations for the year. We are currently focused on continuing our organic growth momentum, expanding margins and actively pursuing value-accretive inorganic opportunities to this Item 11 regardingfurther accelerate growth. We believe that we remain well-positioned to execute on both organic and inorganic strategic opportunities focused on accelerating shareholder value creation. Notable highlights and accomplishments in 2017 include the following:

Net sales were $433.8 million, an increase of 5.9% on a reported basis and 5.5% on a constant currency basis; as net sales increased for each of our SBUs.

Net income from continuing operations was $7.3 million, an increase of 108.5% from the prior year.

Non-GAAP Net margin, an internal metric that we define as gross profit less sales and marketing expense, was $142.4 million, an increase of 1.3% from the prior year.


We manage our business by our four SBUs: BioStim, Extremity Fixation, Spine Fixation and Biologics, which accounted for 43%, 24%, 19%, and 14%, respectively, of our total net sales in 2017. The chart below presents net sales, which includes product sales and marketing service fees, by SBU for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

Over the three-year period ending December 31, 2017, Orthofix has delivered total shareholder return of 82%, with an annual compound shareholder return of 22% during that same period. A $100 investment in Orthofix’s common stock at the beginning of 2015 would have grown to $182 at the end of 2017, more than doubling the return of the S&P 500 over the same period.

Consistent with shareholder interests and market best practices, our executive compensation program includes the following sound governance features:

What we do:

Align pay and performance

Emphasize variable and performance-based compensation, with cash-based and equity-based performance targets approved by the Compensation Committee based on budgeted levels reviewed and approved in advance by the Board

Discourage unnecessary and inappropriate risk taking, including obtaining an annual independent risk assessment analysis

Regularly monitor our share utilization from equity compensation awards and the potential dilutive impact

Maintain robust stock ownership guidelines for our executive officers and directors (including 5x salary for CEO)

Maintain an incentive compensation clawback policy

Provide for “double-trigger” change in control vesting on all new equity grants since 2016, and no “single-trigger” cash or similar payment rights upon a change in control

Retain an independent compensation consultant who conducts an annual benchmarking of our compensation against industry peer group

Include caps on annual incentive plan payments and shares earned under PSUs

What we don’t do:

X

Pay dividends or dividend equivalents on unearned performance stock units

X

Maintain employment agreements with executive officers (unless required by law)

X

Pay excise tax gross-ups for change in control payments

X

Reprice stock options

X

Pay cash severance under our current agreements and policies (including to CEO) in excess of 1.5x salary and bonus (2.0x in the case of a change in control)

X

Permit hedging or pledging of our securities by directors or executive officers


Compensation Guiding Principles and Philosophy

The Compensation Committee (referred to throughout this Compensation Discussion and Analysis as the “Committee”) is comprised solely of independent directors.  The Committee recommends to the Board for determination by the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, and discharges the responsibilities of the Board relating to all compensation of the Company’s other executive officers (including equity-based compensation for both executive officers and other key employees). The Committee guides itself in large part by our definitiveexecutive compensation philosophy. The compensation program for executive officers reflects the Committee’s “pay-for-performance” outlook, which seeks to align compensation with the goals of growing our business and increasing shareholder value.

The Committee is guided by a set of overall compensation guiding principles.  In September 2017, the Committee adopted the Orthofix Executive Compensation Guiding Principles (the “Executive Compensation Guiding Principles”), which update the Company’s prior Executive Compensation Guiding Principles and Compensation Philosophy for Senior Executives with a combined set of guidelines. These guiding principles are as follows:

Each compensation element should be competitive within the medical device industry but also tailored to Orthofix’s business needs, supporting the Company’s business strategy and hiring objectives of attracting, retaining and motivating top talent.

Variable compensation should provide significant leverage (upside and downside) so that payouts are commensurate with performance and replicate the shareholder-experience.

The Compensation Committee will have responsibility for all compensation decisions related to the executive officers, who are Section 16 reporting persons (referred to collectively as the Section 16 executive officers).

Management will have responsibility for compensation decisions related to all executives of the Company who are not Section 16 executive officers, subject to limits established by the Compensation Committee (i.e., long-term incentive awards and change in control agreement participation).

The Company’s executive compensation program should be easily understood by employees. Management is responsible for effectively communicating the design and administration of the program to employees. Consistent with these principles, the Committee’s compensation philosophy is to fairly compensate executive officers with an emphasis on providing incentives that balance our short- and long-term objectives. As described in more detail below, achievement of short-term objectives is rewarded through base salary and annual cash incentive awards, while grants of performance share units, and time-based vesting stock options and restricted stock, encourage executive officers to focus on our long-term goals. These core components remain the basis for our executive compensation philosophy as we seek to achieve profitable growth.  The Compensation Committee retains full discretion to set compensation (including salary and bonus amounts) and make long-term incentive awards that differ from the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, especially when special retention, recruitment or other factors suggest that such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.  The Executive Compensation Guiding Principles are reviewed and updated from time to time by the Compensation Committee.

In implementing this overall “pay-for-performance” compensation philosophy for the Company’s executive officers, the Committee places considerable emphasis on variable elements of pay within the executive compensation program. These elements consist of the Company’s annual incentive plan, which is intended to reward executive officers for achieving specific operating and financial objectives during the fiscal year, as well as a long-term incentive plan that consists of stock options, balanced with both performance-based and time-based vesting stock awards The Committee seeks to provide rewards through the annual incentive plan by measuring performance based on key pre-established measures reflecting positive financial performance by the Company and its business units. The Committee also seeks to provide strong linkage between executives and shareholders with grants of equity, as the value of these awards appreciates in accordance with the market value of the Company’s common stock. In addition to variable compensation programs, executives also receive health and welfare benefits (including our 401(k) plan) that are generally consistent with those provided by our peer group and with the level of health and welfare benefits provided to all Company employees.

Governance of Executive Compensation

As described further below, executive compensation for our executive officers is reviewed and established annually by the Committee, which consists solely of independent directors. The Committee’s compensation decisions are intended to reflect its ongoing commitment to strong compensation governance, which the Committee believes is reflected in the following elements of our executive compensation:

Pay At Risk Based on Performance — As our programs are designed using a “pay-for-performance” philosophy, actual pay realized (earned) by our executives is predominantly at risk through our performance-based annual incentive program and through our long-term incentive grants that consist of both stock options (which will only provide value to executives if our


stock price appreciates) and both time-based and performance-based vesting stock awards.  For example, 50% of the total annual equity awards made through our long-term incentive grants only vest based on certain total shareholder return (“TSR”) criteria being met. In structuring this mix of compensatory elements, the Committee seeks to deliver pay in a way that reinforces focus on balancing short- and long-term financial performance objectives, while supporting performance with policies that focus on prudent risk taking and the balance between risk and reward.

Stock Ownership Guidelines Align Our Executive Officers and Directors with Shareholders — The Committee believes that a significant portion of each executive’s and director’s compensation should be tied to the Company’s financial performance and share price. We seek to award stock options and stock awards pursuant to our long-term incentive plan so that over a period of time, a significant portion of actual compensation is provided in the form of share-based compensation. In this regard, we have adopted stock ownership guidelines that apply to all of our executive officers and directors. The guidelines provide that the President and Chief Executive Officer should have an ownership in the Company’s common stock equal to five times his or her annual base salary, while all other executive officers (including executive officers who are not “named executive officers” in the Company’s annual proxy statementstatement) should have ownership equal to two times his or her annual base salary.  The guidelines provide that each director should have ownership equal to three times his or her annual director fee compensation. Full credit is given under the guidelines for common stock owned, while 50% credit is provided for (i) unvested time-based vesting restricted stock and (ii) the unrealized gain on vested and in-the-money stock options. No credit is given for unvested stock options, out-of-the-money stock options or unvested performance vesting restricted stock or units.  The guidelines include a 5 year phase-in period from the date of appointment or election, as applicable, and progress towards meeting and maintaining these amounts is measured annually as of February 28.  Subject to phase-in periods for recent appointments, all executive officers and directors are in compliance with the policy at the present time.

Clawback Policy Promotes Long-Term Performance — In 2012, we adopted a clawback policy that applies to each of our executive officers, and applies to both cash-based and equity-based compensation. This policy is more fully described below on page 24.

No Repricing of Stock Options — Stock options are never issued with below-market exercise prices, and the repricing of stock options without shareholder approval is expressly prohibited under the terms of our long-term incentive plans. The Committee believes that the issuance of discount stock options and authorization of post-grant date repricings are each not performance-based pay practices, and therefore inconsistent with the Committee’s commitment to “pay-for-performance”.

Independent Report Supports Committee’s Risk Assessment — The Committee annually assesses the relationship between the Company’s compensation policies and practices for all employees and risk, including whether such policies and practices encourage imprudent risk taking, and/or would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. At the Committee’s request, Willis Towers Watson delivered a report in 2017, assessing potential risk that may be present in the design or administration of the Company’s compensation program. Consistent with Willis Towers Watson’s findings, the Committee believes that the Company’s employee compensation programs (executive and broad-based) provide multiple and effective safeguards to protect against undue risk.

No Hedging Policy — Our corporate governance guidelines prohibit all executive officers and directors from engaging in any hedging or monetization transactions involving the Company’s securities, including through the use of financial instruments such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds.  No executive officers or directors currently are parties to a hedge with respect to any shares of Common Stock of the Company.  

No Pledging Policy — Our corporate governance guidelines prohibit all executive officers and directors from pledging the Company’s securities as collateral for a loan.  Acquiring Company shares on margin, or holding Company shares in a margin account, is also prohibited.  No executive officers or directors currently are parties to a pledge of any shares of Common Stock of the Company.    

Double-Trigger Change in Control Vesting — Since July 2016, equity grants are made using forms of award agreement featuring “double trigger” vesting, whereby awards will only accelerate vesting following an amendmentinvoluntary termination of employment if such involuntary termination occurs within 24 months of a change in control (or if such involuntary termination otherwise results from death or disability). In addition we do not provide for any “single-trigger” cash or similar payment rights upon a change in control.

Use of Independently Prepared Competitive Assessments — The practice of the Compensation Committee is to engage the Company’s compensation consultant to prepare an independent executive compensation competitive assessment to measure our program against peer companies and other survey data.  The Committee takes these results into consideration in approving our executive compensation program.  


Compensation Process

The Committee is responsible for establishing and evaluating compensation policies and determining, approving and evaluating executive compensation, including the total compensation packages for our Section 16 executive officers. The Committee is also responsible for administering the Company’s equity incentive plans and other executive compensation policies and programs. The Committee specifically considers and approves the compensation for the executive officers and recommends for approval of the Board the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer. (The Chief Executive Officer is prohibited from being present during Committee or Board voting or deliberations with respect to his own compensation arrangements.) The Committee also is responsible for making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of directors. The Committee relies on the President and Chief Executive Officer to make recommendations on certain aspects of compensation as discussed below. The Committee acts under a written charter adopted by the Board. The Committee reviews its charter annually and recommends any changes to the Board. The charter is available on our website at www.orthofix.com.  As of the beginning of 2017, Mr. Paolucci, together with Drs. Jordan and Martin, served as the members of the Compensation Committee, with Dr. Jordan serving as Chair. Drs. Jordan and Martin each retired from the Board as of last year’s annual meeting. To fill the committee seats vacated by Drs. Jordan and Martin, and as part of the Board’s normal committee rotation process, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Lukianov replaced Drs. Jordan and Martin on the committee as of the date of last year’s annual meeting (at which time Mr. Paolucci became Chair).

During 2017, each member of the Board who served on the Committee was an independent, non-employee, non-affiliated, outside director while he or she served on the Committee. The Committee has furnished its report below.

Role of Executive Officers

At the Committee’s request, from time to time certain of our senior management present compensation-related initiatives to the Committee. For instance, while the Committee approves all elements of compensation for executive officers, the Committee requests on an annual basis that senior management aid the Committee in fulfilling its duties by facilitating the gathering of information relating to potential targets and goals under our annual incentive program as well as possible equity incentive grants.  The Committee then reviews this information in connection with it setting annual reportincentive targets and goals, or making equity grants. Under the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, management is responsible for compensation decisions related to all executives who are non-Section 16 officers, subject to limits established by the Compensation Committee (e.g., long-term incentive awards and change in control agreement participation). In this context, the President and Chief Executive Officer has general oversight for the non-executive officer employee compensation process within the Company, and provides input to the Committee in such capacity. The President and Chief Executive Officer also provides the Committee with additional input, perspective, and recommendations in connection with the Committee’s salary determinations for executive officers. The President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer, and Vice President of Human Resources frequently attend meetings of the Committee in these respective capacities. These individuals are excluded from any Committee or Board deliberations or votes regarding their own compensation.  

Compensation Consultant

The Committee has the authority under its charter to retain, at the Company’s expense, outside compensation consultants to assist in evaluating compensation. The Committee also has the authority to terminate those engagements. In accordance with this authority and to aid the Committee in fulfilling its duties, the Committee engaged Mercer LLC (“Mercer”), as its outside compensation consultant in September 2017.  Prior to the engagement of Mercer, Willis Towers Watson served as the Committee’s compensation consultant.

In its role as compensation consultant, Mercer, at the Committee’s request, periodically conducts reviews and recommends updates to our executive officer and director compensation programs and long-term incentive practices.  

In connection with their engagement, Mercer reported to the Committee regarding its independence based on the six factors outlined in SEC regulations issued under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. The Committee considered these factors and concluded that Mercer is independent and that its engagement by the Committee raised no conflicts of interest.

Peer Group Benchmarking

Decisions related to executive compensation program design and pay levels are informed, in part, by the practices and pay levels of comparable peer organizations. During 2017, the Committee engaged Mercer to conduct an executive compensation analysis that provided market competitive levels of total compensation. This assessment, which was completed and presented in December 2017, compared Orthofix executive officer compensation levels in comparison with market data to determine whether compensation levels for our executive officers remain consistent with market practice and our compensation philosophy.  In conducting the assessment, Mercer made comparisons to our peer group and survey data including companies in the life sciences/medical devices industries and technology companies.


In conducting the 2017 benchmarking, Mercer utilized a selection of 19 peer companies. This selection of peer companies, or “peer group,” reflects revisions to the Company’s 2016 peer group, which revisions were approved by the Committee in November 2017. The revisions to the peer group for 2017 consisted of the addition of Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., CryoLife Inc., Halyard Health, Inc., LivaNova PLC and Nevro Corp., and the deletion of Exactech, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc. and The Spectranetics Corporation. The members of the peer group were selected for inclusion principally because of their overall similarity to Orthofix in terms of annual revenue, industry sector/sub-sector, medical technology product lines and international penetration. The revised peer group consists of the following medical technology and device manufacturers and distributors, some of which we compete against for executive talent.

ABIOMED, Inc.

K2M Group Holdings, Inc.

Angiodynamics, Inc.

LivaNova PLC

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Merit Medical Systems, Inc.

CONMED Corporation

Nevro Corp.

CryoLife, Inc.

Natus Medical Inc.

Haemonetics Corporation

NuVasive, Inc.

Halyard Health, Inc.

NxStage Medical, Inc.

ICU Medical Inc.

RTI Surgical Inc.

Integer Holdings Corporation

Wright Medical Group N.V.

Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation

Mercer’s 2017 assessment of compensation levels for the Company’s executive officers found that, on average, target total direct compensation (base salary, target cash bonus and target long-term incentive compensation) for the group as a whole was near the market median based on data for our peer group and survey data (as described above). Specifically, Mercer reported that each of base salary and target bonus were 4% above the market median, on average, and target long-term incentive compensation was 3% above the market median, on average.

The Role of Shareholder Say-on-Pay Votes and Shareholder Engagement

The Company provides its shareholders with the opportunity to cast an annual advisory, non-binding vote on executive compensation (a “say-on-pay proposal”), and subsequently evaluates these results. At the 2017 annual meeting, the Company’s say-on-pay proposal was supported by 92% of the votes cast, which we believe supports the Company’s “pay-for-performance” approach to executive compensation. The Committee evaluated the results of the vote in the fall of 2017.  

The Committee believes that the voting results over the course of the last several years (which has included 90% or greater approval votes at five of the Company’s last six Annual General Meetings) affirm shareholders’ overall support of the Company’s approach to executive compensation, including continuing efforts by the Committee during that time to evolve the Company’s compensation programs towards policies viewed by institutional and other shareholders as aligning executive compensation with the interests of shareholders and good corporate governance. In addition to responding to the input of shareholders, the Committee also has considered many other factors in evaluating and setting the Company’s executive compensation programs, including the Committee’s assessment of the interaction of our compensation programs with our corporate business objectives, periodic analysis of our programs by our compensation consultant, and annual review of data versus a comparator group of peer companies, each of which is evaluated in the context of the Committee members’ fiduciary duty to act as the directors determine to be in shareholders’ best interests. Each of these factors informed the Compensation Committee’s decisions regarding named executive officers’ compensation for 2017. The Committee will continue to consider feedback from shareholders, including the outcome of the Company’s say-on-pay votes, when making future compensation decisions for its named executive officers.

Elements of Executive Compensation

Overview

Our compensation program for executive officers and other key employees consists of three primary elements:

annual salary;

performance-based incentives in the form of annual cash bonuses; and

long-term equity-based incentives under our long-term incentive plan.


The Committee reviews annually what portion of an executive officer’s compensation should be in the form of salary, potential annual performance-based cash bonuses and long-term equity-based incentive compensation. The Committee believes an appropriate mix of these elements, commensurate with our compensation philosophy, will assist the Committee in meeting its compensation objectives. See below for more information on the Committee’s guidelines for each element of executive compensation. As part of its decision making process, the Committee reviews information setting forth all components of the compensation and benefits received by our named executive officers. This information includes a specific review of dollar amounts for salary, bonus and long-term equity-based incentive compensation. In addition, as further described below, we sometimes grant one-time bonuses and stock awards in connection with new hires and promotions, or for retention or special recognition purposes.

The charts below show the annual total target compensation (full-year base salary, target annual cash incentive compensation and long-term equity incentive compensation received) for our President and Chief Executive Officer and our other named executive officers for 2017. These charts illustrate that a significant portion of our named executive officer total target compensation was performance-based (53% for our President and Chief Executive Officer).

* All other compensation value not laterdisplayed as it represents less than 1201% of total direct compensation.

Annual Salary

The Committee makes annual determinations with respect to the salaries of executive officers. In making these decisions, the Committee considers each executive officer’s performance, experience, contribution to the Company’s success, the market compensation levels for comparable positions within and outside our peer group, performance goals and objectives and other relevant information, including recommendations of the President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, we target a base salary range between the 25th and 75th percentile of peer group and/or market data. The Committee also makes annual recommendations to the Board for the salary of the President and Chief Executive Officer.


The range of increase for 2018 was determined based on the individual executive officer’s positioning within the peer group study, as well as individual performance and contribution to Company performance. The annual base salary amounts for our currently employed named executive officers are as follows:

  Name

Title

2017 Annual

Base Salary

2018 Annual

Base Salary

 

Percentage

Increase

 

  Bradley R. Mason

President and Chief Executive Officer

$ 710,800

$ 740,000

 

4.1%

 

  Douglas C. Rice

Chief Financial Officer

$ 390,000

 

$ 420,000

 

7.7%

 

  Michael M. Finegan

Chief Strategy Officer

$ 412,000

 

$ 418,000

 

1.5%

 

  Kimberley A. Elting

Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

$ 382,000

 

$ 410,000

 

7.3%

 

  Davide Bianchi(1)

President, Global Extremity Fixation

CHF 364,984

CHF 379,911

 

4.1%

 

(1) Mr. Bianchi is paid in Swiss Francs (CHF). Based on the average exchange rate to U.S. Dollars applicable during the 2017 fiscal year (1.0159), the amounts shown in the table above would be $370,780 and $385,944, respectively.

Cash Performance-Based Incentives – Annual Incentive Program

The Committee believes that a significant portion of the compensation for each executive officer should be in the form of annual performance-based cash bonuses.  These bonuses are provided through our annual incentive program, which seeks to tie an executive officer’s total cash compensation to our immediate, one-year financial performance.

The Compensation Committee is responsible for approving the annual bonus plan design every year. At the outset of each year the Committee establishes target performance goals and a range of performance around the target performance goals for which a bonus would be paid as described below.   The plan design, metrics, and metric incentive zones should support the annual corporate goals and objectives for the year.

For 2017, performance goals for Messrs. Mason, Rice and Finegan and Ms. Elting were based on Company-wide net sales and adjusted EBITDA performance, each weighted at 50%. (Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA (defined as GAAP-derived income from continuing operations less net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization)  net of credits or charges that were considered by the Committee at the time bonus targets were set to be outside of the normal ongoing operations of the Company.)  For Mr. Bianchi, these two metrics were each weighted at 25%, while sales and adjusted EBITDA for Mr. Bianchi’s Extremity Fixation strategic business unit were each weighted at 25%.

The Committee set the performance goals with the intent that it will be challenging for a participant to receive 100% of his or her incentive opportunity target award. However, an executive officer can earn up to 150% of his or her targeted bonus based upon actual performance measured against the range of established performance goals. No payouts are made for performance below the 50% achievement threshold on any specific goal.

The proposed goals and related matrix were reviewed and approved by the Committee in March 2017, and performance was then subsequently assessed by the Committee in February 2018. Each of the Committee members at the time of the applicable action participated in and approved these respective determinations.

The table below describes the target goals and actual achievement for the categories described above in 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Achievement

 

Weighting

Achievement Level (in millions)

 

% of Target

Category of 2017 Goals (1)

Other NEOs

Mr. Bianchi

Threshold 50%

Target 100%

Maximum 150%

Actual

Achievement  % of Target

Other NEOs

Mr. Bianchi

Company-wide Net Sales

50.0%

25.0%

$403.3

$411.5

$423.9

$429.0

150.0%

75.0%

37.5%

Company-wide Adjusted EBITDA

50.0%

25.0%

$85.4

$89.0

$95.2

$90.2

108.9%

54.5%

27.2%

Extremity Fixation SBU Net Sales

0.0%

25.0%

$95.2

$97.2

$101.1

$98.6

117.8%

0.0%

29.4%

Extremity Fixation SBU Adjusted EBITDA

0.0%

25.0%

$13.4

$15.8

$15.8

$15.2

130.0%

0.0%

32.5%

Total

100.0%

100.0%

 

 

 

 

 

129.5%

126.7%

(1) Committee approval of targets in March 2017 provided that targeted amounts would be adjusted to eliminate the effect of subsequent currency fluctuations.  The targeted amounts shown in the table reflect the original targets as adjusted to reflect such pre-approved constant currency adjustments.  


Aggregate Payouts

To calculate the bonus amount payable, the aggregate weighted achievement percentage for each named executive officer was multiplied by the target amount of bonus for which that participant was eligible.  These results are described in the tables below.

  Name

Company-wide Net

Sales Percent

Achievement

 

SBU Net Sales

Percent Achievement

 

Company-wide

Adjusted EBITDA Percent

Achievement

 

SBU Adjusted

EBITDA

Percent Achievement

 

Weighted Percent

Achievement

 

  Bradley R. Mason

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Douglas C. Rice

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Michael M. Finegan

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Kimberley A. Elting 

150.0%

 

N/A

 

108.9%

 

N/A

 

129.5%

 

  Davide Bianchi

150.0%

 

117.8%

 

108.9%

 

130.0%

 

126.7%

 

  Name

2017 Base Salary

Amount

Target Bonus

Percentage

of Salary

Weighted

Percent

Achievement

Total Annual

Incentive Plan

Bonus

  Bradley R. Mason

$ 710,800

100.0%

129.5%

$920,486

  Douglas C. Rice

$ 390,000

60.0%

129.5%

$303,030

  Michael M. Finegan

$ 412,000

60.0%

129.5%

$320,124

  Kimberley A. Elting 

$ 382,000

60.0%

129.5%

$296,814

  Davide Bianchi (1)

CHF 364,984

60.0%

126.7%

CHF 277,461

(1) Mr. Bianchi is paid in Swiss Francs (CHF). Based on the average exchange rate to U.S. Dollars applicable during the 2017 fiscal year (1.0159), the amounts shown in the table would be $370,780 and $281,867, respectively.

Payouts to the named executive officers under the annual incentive program are reflected in column (g) of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Other Bonus Payments

From time-to-time, the Committee uses its discretion to grant bonuses for performance or for other circumstances, such as in the cases of new hires and promotions. (See column (d) of the “Summary Compensation Table.”) The Committee has not granted any bonuses of this nature to named executive officers since 2014.

Long-Term Equity-Based Incentives

Overview and Long-Term Incentive Plan – 2012 LTIP

In accordance with the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, the creation of sustainable shareholder value by means of equity incentive awards is a very important element of the total compensation provided to executive officers.  

Our primary equity compensation plan is the 2012 LTIP, which our shareholders approved in June 2012. 

Some current and former executive officers continue to hold outstanding awards under our 2004 LTIP, although we no longer grant awards under this plan.  The Committee administers each of these plans and only the Committee makes long-term incentive plan grants to named executive officers. In addition, the Committee has in rare instances made inducement grants (in accordance with applicable Nasdaq rules) to newly hired executives outside of shareholder approved plans, as it did in 2013 in connection with the hiring of Mr. Mason. These inducement grants have been made on terms that are substantially the same as grants made under the 2012 LTIP or 2004 LTIP. The Company has not made any such non-shareholder approved plan inducement grants since 2013; however the Company has entered into a merger agreement to acquire Spinal Kinetics, Inc., a privately held developer and manufacturer of artificial cervical and lumbar discs, and expects to make equity awards to employees of Spinal Kinetics at or shortly following closing in reliance on the Nasdaq inducement grant exception.


At the present time, the Committee grants three types of equity incentive awards to executive officers: (i) time-based vesting stock options, (ii) time-based vesting restricted stock, and (iii) performance-based vesting stock units.

 

Stock Options

Restricted Stock

Performance Stock Units

Value Weighting

25%

25%

50%

Performance Conditions

N/A

N/A

TSR relative to the S&P Healthcare Select Index

Term

Ten years

Four years

Three-year performance period with additional one-year holding period

Vesting

Vest in four equal installments on the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date

Vest in four equal installments on the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date

Cliff vest after three years upon certification of results. Subject to additional one-year holding period

Payout

Upon exercise, participant acquires common shares at the previously defined exercise price

Participant acquires unrestricted shares of common stock upon vesting

Payment made in unrestricted shares of common stock at the end of the holding period

Payouts at 50% of target for relative TSR performance at the 25th percentile

Maximum performance capped at 200% of target for relative TSR performance at or above the 75th percentile; overall payouts (i.e., including both performance results and stock price appreciation) capped at 500% of target

Vesting may not exceed 100% if actual TSR is negative during the performance period

In accordance with the Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, equity incentive awards currently follow the following principles:

Annual long-term incentive awards are delivered in a mix of the types of equity awards described in the preceding paragraph.

Annual long-term incentive awards are made to all Section 16 executive officers.

Annual long-term incentive award values are competitively positioned based on market data for comparable positions and individual performance.

Time-Based Vesting Grants

Under the Company’s operative agreements with executive officers, the unvested portion of any time-based grant is forfeited if an employee voluntarily ceases employment prior to vesting. In the event that an employee is terminated by the Company without cause any remaining unvested portion of the grant is forfeited. In the event an employee dies, suffers a long-term disability, or retires within certain age and service tenure parameters, the full grant vests. In all of the foregoing circumstances, vested stock options are subject to a limited post-employment exercise period, which ranges from 3 to 18 months depending on the circumstance. In the case of stock options held by employees who remain continuously employed, the options expire and are no longer exercisable 10 years from the grant date. Should a change in control occur while a grantee remains employed, unvested portions of the grant will accelerate only if the employee separates from employment in specific circumstances within 24 months of the change in control.

Performance-Based Vesting Grants

In recent years, the Committee has actively worked with its compensation consultant to implement performance-based vesting equity grants. The Committee first made such a grant in 2013 at the time Mr. Mason joined the Company. Rather than receiving a time-based grant, Mr. Mason agreed that his initial inducement grant of stock options would be subject to a vesting criteria based on sustained performance of the Company’s common stock. Specifically, 50% of this grant vested upon the Company’s common stock having a sustained average closing price of $45 or greater, while 50% of this grant vests upon the common stock having a sustained average closing price of $50 or greater. This award ultimately did not fully vest until approximately five years after the grant date.


2016 and 2017 Performance Stock Unit Grants

For 2016 and 2017, the Committee granted 50% of  executive officer(s) total annual equity award value in the form of performance stock units (“PSUs”) that vest based on the total shareholder return (“TSR”) of the Company’s common stock relative to other companies in the S&P Healthcare Select Index during a three-year performance period following the date of grant, with the change in share price during the performance period measured using the average closing price during the 20 days afterpreceding each of the beginning and the end of the performance period. Achieved vesting percentages will be as follows:

  Company's TSR Percentile Rank

Vesting Percentage

  Below 25th Percentile

0%

  25th Percentile

50% (threshold)

  50th Percentile

100% (target)

  75th Percentile or Above

200% (maximum)

In the event that the Company’s TSR percentile rank for the performance period falls between any of the amounts set forth above (to the extent greater than the threshold and lower than the maximum), the vesting percentage will be determined by linear interpolation between such amounts.

The PSU award agreement provides that the vesting percentage may not exceed 100% if the Company’s absolute TSR during the performance period is negative. In addition, the vesting percentage is capped such that the PSU award will never trigger the issuance of shares with a vesting date fair market value of more than five times the fair market value of the target award on the date of grant. Following the end of the three-year performance period, the shares that vest are subject to a one-year holding period requirement. Generally, if an executive voluntarily ceases employment prior to the end of the three-year performance period, the entire award is forfeited.

2015 Performance Grants

For 2015, the Committee made grants to executive officers under a form of performance-based vesting restricted stock and performance share unit agreement covering a three-year performance period. The performance criteria for these awards used two equally-weighted metrics, Adjusted EBITDA and return on invested capital (“ROIC”). Under these grants, recipients received performance-based vesting restricted stock in an amount equal to 100% of the target performance criteria and performance stock units that provide for additional shares to be issued if performance criteria is achieved between 100% and 150% of targets for the 2018 fiscal year.  The aggregate award potential is illustrated in the table below:

Metric

Weighting

Threshold

(50% vesting)

Target

(100% vesting)

Maximum Achievement

(150% vesting)

Adjusted EBITDA

50%

$74.6M for 2018 FY

$78.5M for 2016, 2017 or 2018 FY

$86.4M for 2018 FY

ROIC

50%

11.6% for 2018 FY

12.2% for 2016, 2017 or 2018 FY

13.4% for 2018 FY

Results between points will be linearly interpolated.

In March 2017, the Committee determined that the vesting criteria for the Adjusted EBITDA 100% vesting performance target had been achieved based on the Company’s financial results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. The performance-based vesting restricted stock related to the ROIC metric and the performance stock units remain unvested, while both metrics remain eligible for maximum vesting based on 2018 performance.

Equity Award Approval Process

The Committee currently reviews and approves dollar values for executive officer equity incentive grants at its March meeting, with the grant effective date being the first business day of April, and the number of shares/units underlying each award (and the exercise price for stock options) based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on such effective date.  In prior years, the Committee reviewed and approved annual grants in June, with grant dates occurring on or around July 1.

Generally, the Committee’s approval of annual equity incentive grants occurs at a time when the Company’s insider trading window for executives is open. However, in the event that grants are approved when such window is closed, the Committee does not seek to affect the value of grants by timing them in relation to the release or non-release of material public information.

Stock Purchase Plan

Our SPP, as amended, provides for the issuance of shares of our common stock to eligible employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries that elect to participate in the plan and acquire shares of our common stock through payroll deductions (including executive officers). During each purchase period, eligible individuals may designate between 1% and 25% (or any other percentage as


determined by the Compensation Committee) of their cash compensation to be deducted from that compensation for the purchase of common stock under the plan. Under the plan, the purchase price for shares is equal to the lower of: (i) 85% of the fair market value per share on the first day of the plan year, or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the plan year. The plan year begins on January 1 and ends on December 31. Elections must be made prior to the beginning of each plan year, except in the case of newly appointed directors, who may elect to contribute within 30 days after becoming a director. As amended, up to a total of 1,850,000 shares may be issued under the SPP. As of April 24, 2018, 221,955 shares remain available to be issued under the SPP.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

Our executive officers are entitled to or may otherwise be the beneficiaries of certain limited perquisites including reimbursement for tax preparation expenses, estate planning expenses and an annual physical exam up to a maximum aggregate amount of $5,000 per executive officer per year. In addition, our executive officers and directors are entitled to reimbursement of expenses relating to their spouse’s travel in connection with no more than one Board meeting per year. We do not consider any of these significant or out of the ordinary course for similarly situated companies.  Under our Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, the payment of any perquisite will generally require the approval of the Compensation Committee.

Other Plans

Executive officers participate in our health and welfare benefits (including our 401(k) plan) on the same basis as other similarly situated employees. 

Compensation Recoupment (Clawback) Policy

In December 2012, we adopted a compensation recoupment, or “clawback” policy, which applies to all of our executive officers. Under this policy, if we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by Orthofix, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, each executive officer is required to reimburse Orthofix for (i) any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation received by such executive officer during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurs) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, and (ii) any profits realized from the sale of our securities of during that 12-month period.

Accounting and Tax Effects

The impact of accounting treatment is considered in developing and implementing our compensation programs, including the accounting treatment as it applies to amounts awarded or paid to our executive officers.

The impact of federal tax laws on our compensation programs is also considered, including the deductibility of compensation paid to the named executive officers, as limited by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation program historically has been designed with the intention that compensation paid in various forms may be eligible to qualify for deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code, but there have been and may be other exceptions for administrative or other reasons. However, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 recently eliminated the exception under Section 162(m) for performance-based compensation and expanded the number of employees who may be covered by these deductibility limitations, which may have an effect on how we design future compensation programs and may affect the financial statement impact of executive compensation payments.

Report of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with the members of management of the Company and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Amendment.

The Compensation Committee

Michael E. Paolucci, Committee Chair

Alexis V. Lukianov

Maria Sainz


Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation earned by or paid to our named executive officers for each of the last three fiscal years during which the officer was a named executive officer.

Name and Principal Position

(a)

Year

(b)

Salary

($)(1)

(c)

 

Bonus

($)

(d)

 

Stock

Awards

($)(2)

(e)

 

Option

Awards

($)(2)

(f)

 

Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

($)(3)

(g)

 

All Other

Compensation

($)

(h)

Total

($)

(i)

 

Bradley R. Mason – President and  Chief Executive Officer

2017

 

710,800

 

 

 

 

2,354,789

 

 

705,975

 

 

920,486

 

 

13,708

 

(4)

 

4,705,758

 

  

2016

 

705,576

 

 

 

 

2,583,953

 

 

762,136

 

 

763,000

 

 

19,180

 

(5)

 

4,833,845

 

 

2015

 

689,192

 

 

 

 

1,659,312

 

 

473,680

 

 

710,656

 

 

26,825

 

(6)

 

3,559,665

 

Douglas C. Rice – Chief Financial Officer

2017

 

390,000

 

 

 

 

588,684

 

 

176,501

 

 

303,030

 

 

11,859

 

(7)

 

1,470,074

 

 

2016

 

350,519

 

 

 

 

560,551

 

 

165,335

 

 

225,630

 

 

17,178

 

(8)

 

1,319,213

 

 

2015

 

337,500

 

 

 

 

795,153

 

 

226,407

 

 

172,368

 

 

22,520

 

(9)

 

1,553,948

 

Kimberley A. Elting – Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

2017

 

382,000

 

 

 

 

546,657

 

 

163,882

 

 

296,814

 

 

10,861

 

(10)

 

1,399,935

 

Michael M. Finegan – Chief  Strategy Officer

2017

 

412,000

 

 

 

 

504,630

 

 

151,279

 

 

320,124

 

 

11,902

 

(11)

 

1,400,324

 

 

2016

 

401,972

 

 

 

 

516,100

 

 

152,224

 

 

259,311

 

 

19,036

 

(12)

 

1,348,643

 

 

2015

 

403,412

 

 

 

 

402,408

 

 

114,872

 

 

206,151

 

 

24,382

 

(13)

 

1,151,225

 

Davide Bianchi – President, Global Extremity Fixation(14)

2017

 

370,780

 

 

 

 

462,549

 

 

138,675

 

 

281,867

 

 

69,314

 

(15)

 

1,323,185

 

        

2016

 

357,487

 

 

 

 

474,093

 

 

139,828

 

 

249,025

 

 

71,056

 

(16)

 

1,291,489

 

 

2015

 

359,506

 

 

 

 

402,408

 

 

114,872

 

 

147,145

 

 

73,581

 

(17)

 

1,097,512

 

(1) Amounts include salary deferred and further described in “—Deferred Compensation.”

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of equity awards, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)), or ASC 718.

(3) Amounts shown reflect cash bonuses paid in 2018, 2017 and 2016 for performance in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, pursuant to our annual report,incentive program. Our annual incentive program with respect to the 2017 fiscal year , including the Committee’s criteria for determining the amounts awarded with respect to the 2018 fiscal year, are described above under “Compensation Discussion and AnalysisElements of Executive CompensationCash Performance-Based Incentives - Annual Incentive Program.”

(4) Reflects $10,600 for 401k matching and $2,772 and $336 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(5) Reflects $5,400 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $2,772 and $408 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(6) Reflects $10,800 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $5,017 and $408 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(7) Reflects $10,600 for 401k matching and $931 and $328 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(8) Reflects $5,400 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $826 and $352 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(9) Reflects $10,800 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching and $788 and $332 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(10) Reflects $9,625 for 401k matching and $915 and $321 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(11) Reflects $10,600 for 401k matching and $966 and $336 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(12) Reflects $5,400 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching, $1,663 in either casedisability benefits, and $968 and $405 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(13) Reflects $10,800 for car allowance, $10,600 for 401k matching, $1,663 in disability benefits, and $968 and $351 for insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the Company with respect to group term and term life insurance, respectively.

(14) Mr. Bianchi is compensated in Swiss Francs. Amounts shown in table reflect compensation amounts as converted to U.S. Dollars using the average exchange rate in effect during the 2017 calendar year of 1.0159.


(15) Reflects $24,381 for car and travel allowance and $44,933 for retirement matching.

(15) Reflects $24,261 for car and travel allowance and $46,795 for retirement matching.

(16) Reflects $27,330 for car and travel allowance and $46,251 for retirement matching.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table provides information regarding plan-based awards that were granted to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Non-Equity Incentive

Plan Awards

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Equity Incentive

Plan Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name

Grant Date

Threshold

($)(1)

 

Target

($)(1)

 

Maximum

($)(1)

 

Threshold

(#)(2)

 

Target

(#)(3)

 

Maximum

(#)(2)

 

All

Other

Stock

Awards

(#)(4)

 

All

Other

Option

Awards

(#)(5)

 

Equity

Exercise

or Base

Price of

Option

Awards

($/Sh)(6)

 

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Stock

and Option

Awards

($)(7)

 

  Bradley R.

 

 

355,400

 

 

710,800

 

 

1,066,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Mason

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,185

 

 

30,369

 

 

60,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,654,807

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

699,982

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,990

 

 

46.10

 

 

705,975

 

  Douglas C.

 

 

117,000

 

 

234,000

 

 

351,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Rice

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,796

 

 

7,592

 

 

15,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

413,688

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,996

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,248

 

 

46.10

 

 

176,501

 

  Kimberley

 

 

114,600

 

 

229,200

 

 

343,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A. Elting

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,525

 

 

7,050

 

 

14,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384,155

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

162,503

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,301

 

 

46.10

 

 

163,882

 

  Michael M.

 

 

123,600

 

 

247,200

 

 

370,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Finegan

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

6,508

 

 

13,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

354,621

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,009

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,355

 

 

46.10

 

 

151,279

 

  Davide

 

 

111,234

 

 

222,468

 

 

333,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Bianchi

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

5,965

 

 

11,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,033

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

137,516

 

 

07/03/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,409

 

 

46.10

 

 

138,675

 

(1) Amounts shown represent the threshold, target and maximum amounts that could have been earned for fiscal year 2017 by each Named Executive Officer under our annual performance-based incentive compensation program. The actual amounts earned by each Named Executive Officer are included in the fiscal year 2017 “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above and discussed under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Compensation—Cash Performance-Based Incentives - Annual Incentive Program” above.

(2) Amounts shown represent the minimum and maximum threshold amounts in shares earned based on performance if the minimum or maximum performance goals are achieved over the three-year performance period beginning on July 3, 2017.  No shares will be issued for performance below the minimum target level.  

(3) Amounts shown represent the target amount in shares earned if the target performance goal is achieved with respect to the three-year performance period beginning on July 3, 2017.

(4) Amounts shown include awards of time-based restricted stock granted in 2017 under the caption “Executive Compensation,2012 LTIP. Such shares will vest ratably over four years (subject to certain acceleration provisions, as discussed under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Controland possibly elsewhere therein. Thatbelow).

(5) Amounts shown include awards of stock options granted in 2017 under the 2012 LTIP. Such options will vest ratably over four years (subject to certain acceleration provisions, as discussed under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below).

(6) The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the closing price of the common stock on the grant date.

(7) Amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of equity awards, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)), or ASC 718.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information is incorporatedabout the number of outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2017.

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

  Name

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Exercisable(1)

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Unexercisable(2)

Option

Exercise

Price

($)

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

  Bradley R.

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

38.82

 

3/13/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Mason

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

38.82

 

3/13/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,950

 

 

10,650

 

(3)

 

36.25

 

6/30/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,050

 

 

25,050

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,882

 

 

47,643

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,990

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,950

 

(7)

 

216,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,350

 

(8)

 

456,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,280

 

(9)

 

726,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,184

 

(10)

 

830,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,700

 

(11)

 

913,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,700

 

(11)

 

913,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,300

 

(12)

 

1,985,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,369

 

(13)

 

1,661,184

 

Douglas C.   Rice

 

7,500

 

 

2,500

 

(14)

 

32.28

 

9/04/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,876

 

 

4,874

 

(15)

 

36.46

 

4/24/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,638

 

 

6,637

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,446

 

 

10,335

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,248

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

625

 

(16)

 

34,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

(17)

 

82,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,874

 

(18)

 

266,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,212

 

(8)

 

120,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,880

 

(9)

 

157,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,796

 

(10)

 

207,641

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,425

 

(11)

 

242,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,425

 

(11)

 

242,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,875

 

(12)

 

430,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,592

 

(13)

 

415,282

 

  Kimberley

 

5,500

 

 

16,500

 

(19)

 

42.89

 

9/26/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A. Elting

 

 

 

12,301

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,200

 

(20)

 

229,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,525

 

(10)

 

192,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,050

 

(13)

 

385,635

 

  Michael M.

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

28.95

 

6/30/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Finegan

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

25.01

 

7/25/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

 

 

 

29.23

 

2/15/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

 

 

41.37

 

2/15/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,000

 

 

 

 

 

39.66

 

6/25/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,750

 

 

 

 

 

21.78

 

9/26/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,325

 

 

2,775

 

(3)

 

36.25

 

6/30/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,076

 

 

6,074

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,172

 

 

9,516

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,355

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

925

 

(7)

 

50,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,024

 

(8)

 

110,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,652

 

(9)

 

145,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

(10)

 

177,994

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

  Name

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Exercisable(1)

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Unexercisable(2)

Option

Exercise

Price

($)

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

Number

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested (#)

Market

Value

of Shares

or Units of

Stock that

have not

Vested ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,250

 

(12)

 

396,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,508

 

(13)

 

355,988

 

  Davide

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

28.49

 

7/22/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Bianchi

 

6,250

 

 

 

 

 

21.78

 

9/26/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,325

 

 

2,775

 

(3)

 

36.25

 

6/30/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,076

 

 

6,074

 

(4)

 

33.12

 

6/30/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

8,741

 

(5)

 

44.39

 

7/01/2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,409

 

(6)

 

46.10

 

7/03/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

925

 

(7)

 

50,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,024

 

(8)

 

110,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,436

 

(9)

 

133,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,983

 

(10)

 

163,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,050

 

(11)

 

221,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,660

 

(12)

 

364,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,965

 

(13)

 

326,286

 

(1) All options listed in this column were exercisable as of December 31, 2017.

(2) All options listed in this column were not exercisable as of December 31, 2017.

(3) All of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on June 30, 2018.

(4) One-half of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of June 30, 2018 and 2019.

(5) One-third of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of July 1, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

(6) One-fourth of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of July 3, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.

(7) All of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on June 30, 2018.

(8) One-half of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of June 30, 2018 and 2019.

(9) One-third of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of July 1, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

(10) One-fourth of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of July 3, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.

(11) These remaining unvested shares of performance-based restricted stock and performance-based stock units are subject to vesting upon meeting certain EBITDA or ROIC based performance targets in the year ended December 31, 2018.

(12) These remaining unvested market-based performance stock units are subject to vesting upon meeting certain total shareholder return targets in relation to specified index companies over a three-year performance period beginning on July 1, 2016.

(13)  These remaining unvested market-based performance stock units are subject to vesting upon meeting certain total shareholder return targets in relation to specified index companies over a three-year performance period beginning on July 3, 2017.

(14)  All of these remaining options are subject to vesting on September 4, 2018.

(15) One-half of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of April 24, 2018 and 2019.

(16) All of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on September 4, 2018.

(17) All of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on October 3, 2018.

(18) One-half of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of April 24, 2018 and 2019.

(19) One-third of these remaining unvested options are subject to vesting on each of September 26, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

(20) One-third of these remaining unvested shares of restricted stock are subject to vesting on each of September 26, 2018, 2019 and 2020.


For a summary of our standard option agreements, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Incentives” beginning on page 21.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table provides information about the number of shares issued upon option exercises, and the value realized on exercise, by our named executive officers during fiscal 2017.

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards or Units

 

  Name

  (a)

Number

of Shares

Acquired on

Exercise (#)

(b)

 

Value

Realized

on Exercise

($)(1)

(c)

 

Number

of Shares

Acquired

on Vesting

(#)

(d)

 

Value

Realized on

Vesting

($)(2)

(e)

 

  Bradley R. Mason

 

6,667

 

 

9,000

 

 

60,752

 

 

2,320,063

 

  Douglas C. Rice

 

 

 

 

 

11,055

 

 

454,615

 

  Kimberley A. Elting

 

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

66,668

 

  Michael M. Finegan

 

22,300

 

 

30,105

 

 

18,960

 

 

766,951

 

  Davide Bianchi

 

 

 

 

 

16,513

 

 

649,432

 

(1) Value realized on exercise calculated based on the difference between the closing price of our common stock on the date of exercise and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares exercised.

(2) Value determined by multiplying the number of vested shares by the closing price of our common stock on the vesting date.

Deferred Compensation

The following table provides information about the amount of compensation deferred by our named executive officers at December 31, 2017. For any named executive officer not listed on the following table, no information was applicable.

  Name

  (a)

Executive

Contributions

in 2017 ($)(1)

(b)

Executive

Distributions

in 2017 ($)

(b)

Aggregate

Earnings

in 2017 ($)

(d)

Aggregate

Balance at

December 31,

2017 ($)(2)

(f)

  Michael M. Finegan

49,651

(1) Represents the dollar amount of salary set forth on the Summary Compensation Table, which the executive has deferred in accordance with the Deferred Compensation Plan.

(2) The amounts in the Aggregate Balance at December 31, 2017 column, other than earnings on deferred compensation and amounts described in footnote 1 above, have all been previously disclosed in Summary Compensation Tables in our prior proxy statements (to the extent the officer was a named executive officer in prior filings).

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers

Termination

Under their change in control and severance agreements, each of Messrs. Mason, Rice, Finegan and Bianchi and Ms. Elting is generally entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits upon termination of the executive’s employment (i) for death or disability, (ii) by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or (iii) by the executive for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement):  

Any unpaid base salary, accrued vacation or prior years’ bonus payable or owing through the date of termination;

The pro rata amount of any incentive compensation for the year of termination of employment (based on the number of business days the executive is actually employed by the Company and its subsidiaries during the year in which termination of employment occurs) based on the achievement of the Company’s performance goals for such year;


An amount equivalent to 1.5x in the case of Messrs. Mason and Finegan, and 1.0x in the case of Messrs. Rice and Bianchi and Ms. Elting, times the sum of: (i) the executive’s annual base salary, (ii) the executive’s current year’s target bonus; provided that during the 24-month period following any change in control and (iii) $12,500 for use towards outplacement services, the foregoing multiples increase by 0.5 (to 2.0x in the case of Messrs. Mason and Finegan, and 1.5x in the case of Messrs. Rice and Bianchi and Ms. Elting); and   

If the executive elects COBRA in a timely manner, the executive will be reimbursed for the Executive’s monthly premium payments for COBRA coverage for a period of up to 18 or 12 months, depending on the executive.

See “—Deferred Compensation” beginning on page 29 for a discussion of payments pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan upon termination of employment.

Change in control

As described above, our change in control and severance agreements provide for a “double-trigger” so that a change in control (as that term is defined in the agreement) alone does not grant the executive officer any specific right to terminate his employment agreement or receive severance benefits, but as noted above, it increases severance amounts payable following a termination during the 24-month period following any change in control. Under the change in control and severance agreement and the Company’s form of time-based equity award agreement, all time-based equity awards granted in or after 2016 contain “double trigger” vesting provisions whereby awards will vest if, within 24 months of a change in control, the executive is terminated by the Company without “cause” or resigns for “good reason.”  For unvested awards made in 2015 and earlier, the Executive would receive “single-trigger” vesting upon a change in control.

See “—Deferred Compensation” beginning on page 29 for a discussion of payments pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan upon a change in control.

Executive Change in Control and Severance Agreements

Under our current Executive Compensation Guiding Principles, the Compensation Committee provides executive officers with competitive change in control severance benefits that target market practices. All new change in control agreements must be approved by the Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee approves all change in control and severance arrangements for executive officers.

Consistent with the foregoing, in 2016, the Company discontinued its prior practice of entering into employment agreements with US-based executive officers. Instead, the Compensation Committee approved a new form of change in control and severance agreement, which is offered to executive officers. Pursuant to the change in control and severance agreement, executive officers are eligible to receive the following severance payments and benefits upon termination of their employment (i) for death or disability, (ii) by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or (iii) by the executive for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement):

Any unpaid base salary, accrued vacation or prior years’ bonus payable or owing through the date of termination;

The pro rata amount of any incentive compensation for the year of termination of employment (based on the number of business days the executive is actually employed by the Company and its subsidiaries during the year in which termination of employment occurs) based on the achievement of the Company’s performance goals for such year;

An amount equivalent to 1.5x or 1.0x, depending on the executive, times the sum of: (i) the executive’s annual base salary and (ii) the executive’s current year’s target bonus; provided that during the 24-month period following any change in control, the foregoing multiples increase by 0.5 (to 2.0x or 1.5x, depending on the executive);

$12,500 for use towards outplacement services ($18,750 during the 24-month period following any change in control); and

If the executive elects COBRA in a timely manner, the executive will be reimbursed for the executive’s monthly premium payments for COBRA coverage for a period of up to 18 or 12 months, depending on the executive.

The right to receive cash payments following a change in control remains subject to a “double trigger” provision, such that payments by the Company are only owed if the executive separates from employment in specific circumstances in connection with or following a change in control.

The agreement contains non-competition and non-solicitation covenants effective so long as the executive is an employee and for a period of 12 or 18 months, depending on the executive, after employment is terminated. The agreement also contains provisions that define certain vesting and exercise rights in connection with time-based equity incentive grants (such as by defining the terms “cause,” “good reason” and “qualified retirement” for purposes of all prior and subsequent time-based equity grants). The agreement does not guarantee any minimum levels of cash or equity-based compensation levels during an executive’s employment with the Company.


The term of the agreement continues in effect until the earlier of (i) the parties’ satisfaction of their respective obligations or (ii) the execution of a written agreement between the Company and the executive terminating the agreement. The agreement amends and supersedes the applicable executive’s prior employment agreement with the Company, which prior employment agreements became terminated, null and void upon execution of the new change in control and severance agreement.

Section 280G

These agreements reflect that the named executive officer is not entitled to a tax gross-up if the named executive officer incurs an excise tax due to the application of Section 280G of the Code.

Instead, payments and benefits payable to the named executive officer will be reduced to the extent doing so would result in the executive retaining a larger after-tax amount, taking into account the income, excise and other taxes imposed on the payments and benefits.

Certain Other Provisions

The agreements described above contain confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants effective so long as the executive officers are employees of Orthofix or any of its subsidiaries and for a period of one year after employment is terminated. The agreements also contain confidentiality and assignment of inventions provisions that last indefinitely.

Orthofix’s obligation to pay or provide any severance benefits under each agreement (other than any benefits as a result of death) is conditioned upon the executive officer signing a release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates by a specified date following separation from employment.

Estimated Payments

The following table reflects the estimated payments and benefits that would be provided to each of Messrs. Mason, Rice, Finegan and Bianchi and Ms. Elting upon his or her termination or upon a change in control pursuant to the terms of his or her respective change in control and severance agreement and related equity award agreements. For purposes of this table, we assume that the triggering event took place on December 29, 2017, and the price per share of our common stock was $54.70, the closing market price as of that date. For any triggering event that presupposes a change in control, we assume a change in control has so occurred.

  Name

Triggering Event

Lump Sum

Severance

Payment ($)

Value of

Stock-

Based

Rights ($)

Value of

Welfare

Benefits

($)

Fees and

Expenses of

Out-placement

Firm ($)

Total ($)

Bradley R. Mason

Termination for death or disability

 

2,132,400

 

 

 

7,560,570

 

 

 

24,233

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

9,735,953

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

2,132,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,233

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

2,175,383

 

 

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

2,843,200

 

 

 

10,780,800

 

 

 

24,233

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

13,673,233

 

 

Douglas C. Rice

Termination for death or disability

 

623,999

 

 

 

2,223,729

 

 

 

14,544

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

2,874,772

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

623,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,544

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

651,044

 

 

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

935,999

 

 

 

3,056,125

 

 

 

14,544

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

4,025,418

 

 

Kimberley A. Elting

Termination for death or disability

 

611,200

 

 

 

1,108,846

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

1,734,162

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

611,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

625,316

 

 


  Name

Triggering Event

Lump Sum

Severance

Payment ($)

Value of

Stock-

Based

Rights ($)

Value of

Welfare

Benefits

($)

Fees and

Expenses of

Out-placement

Firm ($)

Total ($)

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

916,800

 

 

 

1,432,282

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

2,369,448

 

 

Michael M. Finegan

Termination for death or disability

 

988,801

 

 

 

1,614,970

 

 

 

18,803

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

2,641,324

 

 

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

988,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,803

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

1,026,353

 

 

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

1,318,401

 

 

 

2,356,610

 

 

 

18,803

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

3,718,814

 

 

Davide Bianchi

Termination for death or disability

 

593,248

 

*

 

1,510,230

 

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

2,119,609

 

*

 

Termination for cause or

voluntary termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for good reason or without cause

 

593,248

 

*

 

 

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

609,379

 

*

 

Termination for death, disability, good reason or without cause during a change in control period

 

889,872

 

*

 

2,226,958

 

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

3,139,211

 

*

Assumes Swiss Francs are converted to U.S. Dollars using the average exchange rate in effect during the 2017 calendar year of 1.0159.

Pay Ratio Disclosure

Presented below is the ratio of annual total compensation of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Bradley R. Mason, to the annual total compensation of our median employee (excluding Mr. Mason). The ratio presented below is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with Item 11402(u) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

We selected the median employee based on full-time, part-time, temporary and seasonal workers employed by reference.the Company or any of its consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017. In identifying our median employee, we calculated the annual total compensation of each employee as of December 31, 2017. Annual total compensation for these purposes included overtime pay, any applicable bonus, commissions or other cash compensation, equity compensation, benefits, and any other compensation. We did not apply any cost-of-living adjustments as part of the calculation.

The 2017 annual total compensation as determined under Item 402 of Regulation S-K for our CEO was $4,705,758. The 2017 annual total compensation as determined under Item 402 of Regulation S-K for our median employee was $63,664. The ratio of our CEO’s annual total compensation to our median employee’s total compensation for fiscal year 2017 was 74 to 1.

Director Compensation

Directors are elected each year at the Annual General Meeting, which is usually held in June. Other director appointments occur from time to time as determined by the Board, for instance, in the event of vacancies on the Board resulting from a director’s death, resignation or retirement.

Employee directors, such as Mr. Mason, are not provided any additional compensation for their service as a director. 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program and Guiding Principles

We compensate our non-employee directors in accordance with the Company’s Director Compensation Guiding Principles.  Our compensation program for our non-employee directors is designed to appropriately compensate outside directors for their diverse expertise and time commitment required to serve as a director of a complex and highly regulated global company.  The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing our non-employee director compensation program.  The Compensation Committee’s goal for such oversight is to maintain a program that:

attracts and retains directors with the skills needed to guide the Company in achieving its goals;


is competitive with the compensation program provided to directors at other similarly situated medical device companies; and

directly aligns the interests of the Company’s directors with the interests of its shareholders

Unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors, our non-employee director compensation program each year will consist of an annual cash retainer and equity awards, as well as customary and usual expense reimbursement in attending company meetings or attending director training. The targeted competitive position for the total annual compensation package (consisting of annual cash retainer plus annual long-term incentive award) will be targeted to the 50th to 75th percentile range of the Company’s peer group.  Each year, the Compensation Committee will review the competitiveness of non-employee director compensation relative to the same peer group used to review executive officer compensation levels.

Cash Retainers

Each non-employee director receives the same base cash retainer amount, but additional cash retainer amounts are paid to the Chairman of the Board and the chairperson of each Board committee. Non-employee directors (other than the Chairman) are paid an aggregate annual cash retainer of $60,000 for service as a director and member of any committees of the Board on which such director sits. In addition, a non-employee director receives an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 if he or she also serves as the Chair of the Compensation, Compliance or Nominating and Governance Committee, and $15,000 if he or she serves as the Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee. The Chairman is paid an aggregate annual retainer of $150,000 for service in this role.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

We provide non-employee directors long-term incentive compensation under our 2012 LTIP to closely align directors with shareholder interests. We pay non-employee directors long-term incentive compensation in two forms:

a fixed number of stock options awarded to each new director (vesting over four years); and

an annual fixed value long-term incentive delivered in time-vesting restricted stock (with one-year vesting), the value of which is the same for each Director, except the Chairman of the Board will receive a larger value award commensurate with the role and contribution he or she makes within the Company.

Under our current practice, we provide each director a grant of 30,000 four-year vesting stock options at the time such director joins the Board. In addition, the Chairman received 8,000 shares of one-year vesting restricted stock at the time he joined the Board in March 2014.

In recent years, the annual long-term incentive grant has been made in shares of one-year vesting restricted stock. Since 2017, this grant has been made in the form of one-year vesting restricted stock units with deferred delivery (deferred stock units or DSUs), whereby shares underlying vested awards are not delivered until after the applicable director ceases service as a director. (As a result of the foregoing, directors will not be able to sell vested awards while they continue service as a director.)

In 2016, the Committee recommended to the Board that these annual grants be made on a fixed value basis rather than the previous approach of a fixed share basis. For 2017, the annual grant consisted of an amount of DSUs equal in value to $165,000 ($300,000 shares in the case of the Chairman), consistent with 2016 grants, which amounts were approved after the Committee’s review of the assessment of our compensation consultant and review of our previous director compensation philosophy described below. 

Directors are eligible to participate in our health and welfare programs on substantially the same terms as full-time employees. In addition, directors are each offered the opportunity to enter into a director indemnification agreement.


The following table provides information regarding the 2017 compensation of non-employee directors.

  Name(1)

Fees

Earned or

Paid in

Cash ($)

 

Restricted

Stock

Awards

(Number

of Shares

Granted)(1)

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Restricted

Stock

Awards

($)(2)

Option

Awards(1)

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Option

Awards

($)

All Other

Compensation

($)

 

Total ($)

 

  Ronald A. Matricaria

 

150,000

 

 

6,508

 

(3)

 

300,019

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450,019

 

  Luke Faulstick

 

70,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

234,992

 

  James F. Hinrichs

 

75,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

239,992

 

  Guy J. Jordan, PhD

 

31,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,731

 

  Alexis V. Lukianov

 

60,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224,992

 

  Lilly Marks

 

60,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224,992

 

Anthony F. Martin,    PhD

 

27,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,198

 

  Michael E. Paolucci

 

65,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

229,992

 

  Maria Sainz

 

70,000

 

 

3,579

 

(4)

 

164,992

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

234,992

 

(1) The following table shows the number of shares subject to outstanding and unexercised option awards and the number of shares subject to outstanding shares of restricted stock or deferred stock units granted to each of the non-employee directors serving during 2017.

(2) Amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of equity awards, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)), or ASC 718.

(3) Represents annual grant of 6,508 one-year vesting deferred stock units on July 3, 2017.

(4) Represents annual grant of 3,579 one-year vesting deferred stock units on July 3, 2017.

The following table shows the number of shares subject to outstanding and unexercised option awards and the number of shares subject to outstanding shares of unvested restricted stock held by each of the non-employee directors serving during 2017 as of December 31, 2017.

  Director

Number

of Shares

Subject to

Outstanding

Stock Options

as of 12/31/17

 

Number

of Shares

Subject to

Outstanding Unvested

Restricted

Stock Awards

as of 12/31/17

 

  Ronald A. Matricaria

 

30,000

 

 

6,508

 

  Luke Faulstick

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  James F. Hinrichs

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Guy J. Jordan, PhD

 

 

 

 

  Alexis V. Lukianov

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Lilly Marks

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Anthony F. Martin, PhD

 

 

 

 

  Michael E. Paolucci

 

30,000

 

 

3,579

 

  Maria Sainz

 

 

 

3,579

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We will provideWho are the principal owners of Orthofix common shares?

The following table shows each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, at least 5% of our common shares. Our information that is responsivebased on reports filed with the SEC by each of the firms or individuals listed in the table below. You may obtain these reports from the SEC.


The Percent of Class figures for the common shares are based on 19,269,367 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 24, 2018. Except as otherwise indicated, each shareholder has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to this Item 12 regardingthe shares indicated.

  Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

Percent of

Class

  BlackRock, Inc.

  55 East 52nd Street

  New York, NY 10055

2,464,012(1)

13.1%

  The Vanguard Group, Inc.

  100 Vanguard Blvd.

  Malvern, PA 19355

1,649,893(2)

8.8%

(1)

Information obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC by BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”) on January 19, 2018. The Schedule 13G/A discloses that BlackRock has sole voting power over 2,417,965 shares and sole dispositive power over 2,464,012 shares.

(2)

Information obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC by The Vanguard Group, Inc. (“Vanguard”) on February 8, 2018. The Schedule 13G/A discloses that Vanguard has sole power to vote or direct the vote of 22,745 shares, shared power to direct the vote of 7,396 shares, sole power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of 1,621,618 shares, and shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 28,275 shares.

Common shares owned by Orthofix’s directors and executive officers

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our securitiescommon shares, including stock options currently exercisable and exercisable within 60 days of April 24, 2018, by certain beneficial ownerseach director, each director nominee, each current and former executive officer listed in the Summary Compensation Table, and all current directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. The percent of class figure is based on 19,269,367 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 24, 2018. All directors and executive officers as wella group beneficially owned 1,405,203 shares of Orthofix common stock as of such date. Unless otherwise indicated, the beneficial owners exercise sole voting and/or investment power over their shares.

  Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

Percent of

Class

  Bradley R. Mason

489,074(1)

2.5%

  Michael M. Finegan

165,190(2)

*

  Ronald A. Matricaria

121,613(3)

*

  Davide Bianchi

111,317(4)

*

  Douglas C. Rice

91,469(5)

*

  James F. Hinrichs

56,297(6)

*

  Kimberley A. Elting

32,154(10)

*

  Luke Faulstick

30,229(7)

*

  Maria Sainz

29,267(8)

*

  Lilly Marks

29,029(9)

*

  Michael E. Paolucci

23,529(11)

*

  Alexis V. Lukianov

11,566(12)

*

  John Sicard

  All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)

1,405,203

Represents less than 1%.

(1)

Reflects 266,192 shares owned directly and 222,882 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(2)

Reflects 60,367 shares owned directly and 104,823 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(3)

Reflects 91,613 shares owned directly and 30,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.


(4)

Reflects 77,752 shares owned directly and 33,565 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(5)

Reflects 66,572 shares owned directly and 24,897 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(6)

Reflects 26,297 shares owned directly and 30,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(7)

Reflects 7,729 shares owned directly and 22,500 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(8)

All of such shares are owned directly.

(9)

Reflects 14,029 shares owned directly and 15,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(10)

Reflects 26,654 shares owned directly and 5,500 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(11)

Reflects 8,529 shares owned directly and 15,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(12)

Reflects 4,066 shares owned directly and 7,500 shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Our primary equity compensation plan in prior years had been the 2004 LTIP until 2012, when our shareholders approved the 2012 LTIP, which is now our primary equity compensation plan. Some current and former executive officers continue to hold outstanding awards under our previous 2004 LTIP, although we no longer grant awards under this plan. All named executive officers are also eligible at their discretion to acquire shares of common stock pursuant to our SPP. Each of these has been approved by our shareholders. We have also made inducement grants of stock options to new employees in reliance on the Nasdaq exception to shareholder approval for such grants.  For more information with respect toon our equity compensation plans, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Incentives” beginning on page 21.

The following table provides aggregate information regarding the shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and rights under all of our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2017.

  Plan Category

Number

of Securities

to Be Issued

upon Exercise

of Outstanding

Options and

Rights (#)

(a)(1)

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price of

Outstanding

Options and

Rights ($)

(b) (4)

 

Number

of Securities

Remaining

Available for

Future Issuance

Under Equity

Compensation

Plans (Excluding

Securities

Reflected in

Column (a)) (#)

(c)

  Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders

 

1,152,118

 

(2)(3)

$

37.26

 

 

886,730

 

(5)

  Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders

 

150,000

 

(6)

$

38.82

 

 

 

 

  Total

 

1,302,118

 

(3)

$

37.47

 

 

886,730

 

(5)

(1) Column does not include time-based vesting restricted stock or performance-based vesting restricted stock that was unvested as of December 31, 2017, as such stock is deemed issued and outstanding at the time of grant, notwithstanding that such shares remain subject to a risk of forfeiture until vesting.

(2) Column reflects 936,822 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, 27,982 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding deferred stock units, and 187,314 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding performance share units, in our definitive proxy statementeach case, as of December 31, 2017. Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding performance share units are shown in the table based on the assumption that all applicable performance targets will be achieved at target levels, though ultimate achievement could be below or above target. All awards were granted pursuant to either the 2004 LTIP or the 2012 LTIP. There currently are no more grants being made under the 2004 LTIP.

(3) If all performance share units outstanding as of December 31, 2017 were instead assumed to be achieved at maximum levels, a further 430,815 shares would be issuable in an amendmentaddition to this annual report not later than 120 days after the endamount shown in the column.


(4) The weighted-average exercise price in column only relates to the exercise price of stock options because the deferred stock units and performance share units have no exercise price.

(5) Included are 345,555 registered shares available for issuance pursuant to the SPP and 541,175 shares remaining available for future award grants under the 2012 LTIP (which assumes that outstanding performance share units are achieved at target levels), in each case, as of December 31, 2017. If all performance share units outstanding as of December 31, 2017 instead were assumed to be achieved at maximum levels, the number of securities remaining available for future award grants under the 2012 LTIP as of December 31, 2017 would be 110,360 shares, and the aggregate amount in column (c) would be 455,915 shares. Of the 345,555 shares that were available for issuance pursuant to the SPP as of such date, 123,600 of these shares were issued in January 2018 pursuant to plan contributions made during the 2017 fiscal year covered by this annual report,

(6) Reflects shares issuable pursuant to an inducement grant stock option granted in either case under2013 to Mr. Mason in reliance on the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference.Nasdaq exception to shareholder approval for equity grants to new hires.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

We will provide information thatApproval of Related Person Transactions

Our policy, which is responsive to this Item 13 regarding transactions with related parties and director independenceset forth in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this annual report not later than 120 days afterCorporate Code of Conduct and Audit and Finance Committee charter, is that the end ofAudit and Finance Committee will review and approve all related person transactions that meet the fiscal year covered by this annual report, in either caseminimum threshold for disclosure under the caption “Certain Relationshipsrelevant SEC rules (generally, transactions involving amounts exceeding $120,000 in which a related person has a direct or indirect material interest).

Transactions with Related Persons

Tyson Fujikawa, the son of Raymond Fujikawa, our President, Spine Fixation, has been employed by the Company since 2007 and Related Transactions,”is currently the Vice President of International Sales Spine Fixation. For 2017, Tyson Fujikawa’s total cash compensation was approximately $376,000 which includes base salary, bonus and possibly elsewhere therein. That informationsales commissions.  In addition, during 2017, he participated in the Company’s general welfare plans and was granted 2,386 restricted stock awards, which vest in four equal annual installments.  These arrangements have been approved by our Audit and Finance Committee.

Director Independence

The Board has determined that each of Mr. Faulstick, Mr. Hinrichs, Mr. Lukianov, Ms. Marks, Mr. Matricaria, Mr. Paolucci, Ms. Sainz and Mr. Sicard are independent under the current Nasdaq listing standards. Mr. Mason is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference.not considered independent, as he also serves as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

We will providePrincipal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth fees for professional services rendered by EY for the audits of the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and the fees billed for other services rendered by EY during each such fiscal year.

 

2017

 

2016

 

  Audit Fees

$

2,241,451

 

$

2,357,350

 

  Audit-Related Fees

 

348,846

 

 

63,800

 

  Tax Fees

 

1,114,129

 

 

868,271

 

  All Other Fees

 

2,000

 

 

2,000

 

  Total

$

3,706,426

 

$

3,291,421

 

Audit Fees

Audit fees consisted of the aggregate fees, including expenses, billed in connection with the audits of our annual financial statements and internal controls, quarterly reviews of the financial information that is responsive to this Item 14 regarding principal accountantincluded in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and statutory audits of our subsidiaries.


Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees in 2017 and 2016 consisted of the aggregate fees, including expenses, rendered for professional services, such as accounting consultations and assurance services in connection with transactions, not reported under “Audit Fees.” 

Tax Fees

Tax fees in 2017 and 2016 consisted of the aggregate fees, including expenses, billed for professional services rendered for income tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. These fees included fees billed for federal and state income tax review services, assistance with tax audits and other tax consulting services.

All Other Fees

All other fees consisted of aggregate fees billed for products and services other than the services reported above. For fiscal years 2017 and 2016, this category included fees related to professional reference materials and publications.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit and Finance Committee approves all audits, audit-related services, tax services and other services provided by EY. Any services provided by EY that are not specifically included within the scope of the audit must be either (i) pre-approved by the entire Audit and Finance Committee in our definitive proxy statementadvance of any engagement, or (ii) pre-approved by the Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee pursuant to authority delegated to him by the other independent members of the Audit and Finance Committee, in an amendmentwhich case the Audit and Finance Committee is then informed of his decision. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, these pre-approval requirements are waived for non-audit services where (i) the aggregate of all such services is no more than 5% of the total amount paid to this annual report not later than 120 days after the end ofexternal auditors during the fiscal year coveredin which such services were provided, (ii) such services were not recognized at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services, and (iii) such services are approved by this annual report, in either case under the caption “Principal Accountant FeesAudit and Services,”Finance Committee prior to the completion of the audit engagement. In 2017 and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference.

2016, all fees paid to EY for non-audit services were pre-approved.

 

 


PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

Documents filed as part of report on Form 10-K

The following documents are filed as part of this report on Form 10-K:

1.

Financial Statements

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.  

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

3.

Exhibits

Amendment.

 

Exhibit

Number 

 

Description 

 

 

 

  2.131.1

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated asRule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of March 8, 2010, by and between Tyco Healthcare Group LP d/b/a Covidien, Covidien AG, Mallinckrodt do BrasilLtda, Kendall de Mexico S.A. de C.V., Novamedix Limited, Novamedix Distribution Limited, Novamedix Services Limited, Promeca S.A. de C.V., Orthofix do Brasil, OrthofixS.r.l., Orthofix S.A., Intavent Orthofix Limited, Breg Mexico S. de R.I. de CV, and Implantes y Sistemas Medicos, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed March 9, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

  2.2

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2012, by and among Breg, Inc., Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and Breg Acquisition Corp. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed April 24, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

  3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F dated June 29, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference).

  3.2

Articles of Association of the Company as amended (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.1

Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, among Orthofix Holdings, Inc., Orthofix International N.V. and certain domestic subsidiaries of Orthofix International N.V., the several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time become parties thereunder, and JPMorgan Chase, N.A. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.2

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 4, 2011, among Orthofix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Orthofix International N.V. (“Orthofix International”), a Netherlands Antilles corporation, certain domestic direct and indirect subsidiaries of Orthofix International, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and certain lender parties thereto (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed May 5, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.3

Limited Waiver, entered into on August 14, 2013, by and among Orthofix International N.V., Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, and certain lender parties thereto. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 19, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.4

Limited Waiver, entered into on August 14, 2014, by and among Orthofix International N.V., Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, and certain lender parties thereto (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 19, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.5

Limited Waiver, entered into on September 30, 2014, by and among Orthofix International N.V., Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, and certain lender parties thereto (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed October 6, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.6

Commitment Reduction and Limited Waiver, dated as of January 15, 2015, by and among Orthofix International N.V., Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and certain of their wholly owned subsidiaries, and certain lender parties thereto (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed January 16, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).


Exhibit
Number 

Description 

10.7

Limited Waiver, dated as of February 26, 2015, by and among Orthofix International N.V., Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and certain of their wholly owned subsidiaries, and certain lender parties thereto (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed February 27, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.8

Credit Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2015, among Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and Victory Medical Limited as borrowers, Orthofix International N.V. and certain subsidiaries of Orthofix International N.V. party thereto as guarantors, the several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time become parties thereunder as lenders, and JPMorgan Chase, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed September 1, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.9†

Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into July 24, 2008, by and between Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.10

Amendment No. 1 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.11†

Amendment No. 2 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2012, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to amendment no. 1 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.12†

Amendment No. 3 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into on July 1, 2013 and effective as of June 25, 2013, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed July 8, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.13

Amendment No. 4 to Matrix Commercialization Collaboration Agreement, entered into on April 1, 2014, by and between Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. and Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed April 7, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.14

Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.15

Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.16

Amendment No. 1 to the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.17

Amended and Restated Orthofix Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.18

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan – July 2014-Present Grants (Time-Based Vesting) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.19

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan – July 2014-Present Grants (Time-Based Vesting) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.20

Form of Employee Performance Vesting Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan – July 2014 Grants (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.21

Form of Employee Performance Vesting Restricted Stock and Performance Share Unit Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan – June 2015 Grants (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.22

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan – July 2014-Present Grants (Time-Based Vesting)(filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).


Exhibit
Number 

Description 

10.2331.2

 

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (pre-2014 grants) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended

December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.24

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.25

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (pre-2014 grants) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.26

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (pre-2014 grants) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.27

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (post-2008 grants) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.28

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (post-2008 grants) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.29

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (pre-2009 grants—vesting over 3 years) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on
Form 8-K filed June 20, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.30

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (pre-2009 grants— year cliff vesting) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed June 20, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.31

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (pre-2011 grants—vesting over 3 years) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed June 20, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.32

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (post-2010 grants—vesting over 3 years) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.33

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (3 year cliff vesting) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed June 20, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.34

Form of Indemnity Agreement (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.35

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, entered into and effective as of July 1, 2009, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Michael M. Finegan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.36

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated August 4, 2009, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Michael M. Finegan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.37

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2011, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Michael M. Finegan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed October 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.38

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2012, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Michael Finegan (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.39

Employment Agreement, entered into on December 9, 2010, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Jeffrey M. Schumm (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).


Exhibit
Number 

Description 

10.40

Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreements (for Robert S. Vaters and Michael M. Finegan) (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.41

Employment Agreement, effective as of March 13, 2013, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Bradley R. Mason (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed March 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.42

Inducement Grant Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated March 13, 2013, between Orthofix International N.V. and Bradley R. Mason (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed March 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.43

Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated March 13, 2013, between Orthofix International N.V. and Bradley R. Mason (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed March 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.44

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of November 20, 2014, by and between Orthofix International N.V., Davide Bianchi and, solely for purposes of certain specified provisions, Orthofix AG (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed November 28, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.45

Employment Agreement, entered into and effective as of May 5, 2014, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Mark A. Heggestad (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed May 8, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.46

Inducement Grant Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated May 5, 2014, between Orthofix International N.V. and Mark A. Heggestad (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed May 8, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.47

Inducement Grant Restricted Stock Agreement, dated May 8, 2014, between Orthofix International N.V. and Mark A. Heggestad (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed May 8, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.48

Employment Agreement, entered into and effective as of September 4, 2014, between Orthofix Inc. and Doug Rice (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed September 8, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.49

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, entered into and effective as of October 3, 2014, between Orthofix Inc. and Doug Rice (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed October 6, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.50

Employment Agreement, effective as of April 24, 2015, by and between Orthofix Inc. and Doug Rice (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed April 29, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.51

Settlement Agreement, entered into on June 6, 2012, among the United States of America, acting through the United States Department of Justice and on behalf of the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the TRICARE Management Activity, through its General Counsel, the Office of Personnel Management , in its capacity as administrator of the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program, the United States Department of Veteran Affairs, Orthofix International N.V. and relator Jeffrey J. Bierman (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K/A filed June 7, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.52

Amended Plea Agreement entered into on December 14, 2012, among the United States Attorney for the District of Massachusetts, the Department of Justice and Orthofix Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed December 19, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.53

Corporate Integrity Agreement, entered into on June 6, 2012, between the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and Orthofix International N.V. (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K/A filed June 7, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).

21.1*

List of Subsidiaries

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1*

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2*

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1*

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Certification of Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit
Number 

Description 

101

The following financial statements from Orthofix International N.V. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed on February 29, 2016, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*

Filed with this Form 10-K.

Item 16.

Certain confidential portions of this exhibit were omitted by means of redacting a portion of the text. This exhibit has been filed separately with the Secretary of the Commission without redactions pursuant to our Application Requesting Confidential Treatment under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.Form 10-K Summary

None.

 

 


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: February 29, 2016April 26, 2018

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/   BRADLEY R. MASON 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Bradley R. Mason

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: February 29, 2016

By:

/s/   DOUG RICE 

Name:

Doug Rice

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name 

Title 

Date 

/s/  BRADLEY R. MASON 

Bradley R. Mason

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

February 29, 2016

/s/  DOUG RICE 

Doug Rice

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 29, 2016

/s/ RONALD A. MATRICARIA  

Ronald A. Matricaria

Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 29, 2016

/s/  LUKE FAULSTICK 

Luke Faulstick

Director

February 29, 2016

/s/  JAMES HINRICHS 

James Hinrichs

Director

February 29, 2016

/s/  GUY JORDAN 

Guy Jordan

Director

February 29, 2016

/s/  LILLY MARKS 

Lilly Marks

Director

February 29, 2016

/s/  ANTHONY MARTIN 

Anthony Martin

Director

February 29, 2016

/s/  MARIA SAINZ 

Maria Sainz

Director

February 29, 2016

 

 

40


ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Statement of Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

To the Shareholders of Orthofix International N.V.:

Management is responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related information that are presented in this report. The consolidated financial statements, which include amounts based on management’s estimates and judgments, have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Other financial information in the report to shareholders is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company maintains accounting and internal control systems to provide reasonable assurance at a reasonable cost that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that the financial records are reliable for preparing financial statements and maintaining accountability for assets. These systems are augmented by written policies, an organizational structure providing division of responsibilities and careful selection and training of qualified personnel.

The Company engaged Ernst & Young LLP independent registered public accountants to audit and render an opinion on the consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards include an assessment of the systems of internal controls and test of transactions to the extent considered necessary by them to support their opinion.

The Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee consisting solely of outside directors of the Company, meets periodically with management and our independent registered public accountants to ensure that each is meeting its responsibilities and to discuss matters concerning internal controls and financial reporting. Ernst & Young LLP has full and free access to the Audit Committee.

James F. Hinrichs

Chairman of the Audit Committee

Bradley R. Mason

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Doug Rice

Chief Financial Officer


ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Orthofix International N.V.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orthofix International N.V. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Orthofix International N.V. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its classification of deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the early adoption of the amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification resulting from Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.”

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Orthofix International N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 29, 2016


ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands except share and per  share data)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

63,663

 

 

$

36,815

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

34,424

 

Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of $8,923 and

   $7,285 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

 

 

59,839

 

 

 

61,358

 

Inventories

 

 

57,563

 

 

 

59,846

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

31,187

 

 

 

26,552

 

Total current assets

 

 

212,252

 

 

 

218,995

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

52,306

 

 

 

48,549

 

Patents and other intangible assets, net

 

 

5,302

 

 

 

7,152

 

Goodwill

 

 

53,565

 

 

 

53,565

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

57,306

 

 

 

55,725

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

19,491

 

 

 

8,970

 

Total assets

 

$

400,222

 

 

$

392,956

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

 

 

16,391

 

 

 

13,223

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

65,597

 

 

 

53,220

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

81,988

 

 

 

66,443

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

27,923

 

 

 

26,886

 

Total liabilities

 

 

109,911

 

 

 

93,329

 

Contingencies (Note 14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares $0.10 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 18,659,696

   and 18,611,495 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and

   2014, respectively

 

 

1,866

 

 

 

1,861

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

232,126

 

 

 

232,788

 

Retained earnings

 

 

62,551

 

 

 

65,360

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(6,232

)

 

 

(382

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

290,311

 

 

 

299,627

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

400,222

 

 

$

392,956

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except share and per  share data)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Product sales

 

$

341,084

 

 

$

351,525

 

 

$

349,552

 

Marketing service fees

 

 

55,405

 

 

 

50,752

 

 

 

48,059

 

Net sales

 

 

396,489

 

 

 

402,277

 

 

 

397,611

 

Cost of sales

 

 

86,525

 

 

 

98,912

 

 

 

106,912

 

Gross profit

 

 

309,964

 

 

 

303,365

 

 

 

290,699

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

178,080

 

 

 

166,547

 

 

 

175,468

 

General and administrative

 

 

87,157

 

 

 

79,074

 

 

 

67,517

 

Research and development

 

 

26,389

 

 

 

24,994

 

 

 

26,768

 

Restatements and related costs

 

 

9,083

 

 

 

15,614

 

 

 

12,945

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,193

 

 

 

 

300,709

 

 

 

286,229

 

 

 

301,891

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

9,255

 

 

 

17,136

 

 

 

(11,192

)

Other income and (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(489

)

 

 

(1,785

)

 

 

(1,827

)

Other (expense) income

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(2,895

)

 

 

2,416

 

 

 

 

(748

)

 

 

(4,680

)

 

 

589

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

8,507

 

 

 

12,456

 

 

 

(10,603

)

Income tax expense

 

 

(10,849

)

 

 

(16,200

)

 

 

(7,602

)

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(2,342

)

 

 

(3,744

)

 

 

(18,205

)

Discontinued operations (Note 14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(1,827

)

 

 

(7,157

)

 

 

(15,510

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

1,360

 

 

 

2,364

 

 

 

4,903

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(467

)

 

 

(4,793

)

 

 

(10,607

)

Net loss

 

$

(2,809

)

 

$

(8,537

)

 

$

(28,812

)

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(0.97

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.26

)

 

 

(0.57

)

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted

 

$

(0.15

)

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(1.54

)

Weighted average number of common shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

18,795,194

 

 

 

18,459,054

 

 

 

18,697,228

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

$

(3,907

)

 

$

(4,133

)

 

$

(1,708

)

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instrument

 

 

202

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

(443

)

Unrealized loss on debt securities

 

 

(3,348

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before tax

 

 

(7,053

)

 

 

(3,826

)

 

 

(2,151

)

Income tax related to components of other comprehensive income

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

(59

)

 

 

164

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

(5,850

)

 

 

(3,885

)

 

 

(1,987

)

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(8,659

)

 

$

(12,422

)

 

$

(30,799

)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except share data)

 

Number of

Common

Shares

Outstanding

 

 

Common

Shares

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

 

 

Retained

Earnings

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

Shareholders’

Equity

 

At December 31, 2012

 

 

19,339,329

 

 

$

1,934

 

 

$

246,306

 

 

$

102,709

 

 

$

5,490

 

 

$

356,439

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,812

)

 

 

 

 

 

(28,812

)

Unrealized loss on derivative instrument (net of

   tax benefit of $164)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(279

)

 

 

(279

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,708

)

 

 

(1,708

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,267

 

Common shares issued

 

 

200,584

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

3,430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,450

 

Retirement of repurchased common stock

 

 

(1,437,578

)

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(39,350

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,494

)

At December 31, 2013

 

 

18,102,335

 

 

$

1,810

 

 

$

216,653

 

 

$

73,897

 

 

$

3,503

 

 

$

295,863

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,537

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8,537

)

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument (net of

   tax expense of $59)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

248

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,133

)

 

 

(4,133

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,724

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,724

 

Common shares issued

 

 

509,160

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

10,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,462

 

At December 31, 2014

 

 

18,611,495

 

 

$

1,861

 

 

$

232,788

 

 

$

65,360

 

 

$

(382

)

 

$

299,627

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,809

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,809

)

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument (net of

   tax expense of $74)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

128

 

Unrealized loss on debt securities (net of tax benefit of $1,277)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,071

)

 

 

(2,071

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,907

)

 

 

(3,907

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,214

 

Common shares issued

 

 

342,192

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

3,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,704

 

Retirement of repurchased common stock

 

 

(293,991

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(11,546

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,575

)

At December 31, 2015

 

 

18,659,696

 

 

$

1,866

 

 

$

232,126

 

 

$

62,551

 

 

$

(6,232

)

 

$

290,311

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(2,809

)

 

$

(8,537

)

 

$

(28,812

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

20,923

 

 

 

22,878

 

 

 

22,822

 

Amortization of debt costs

 

 

596

 

 

 

726

 

 

 

720

 

Amortization of exclusivity agreements

 

 

1,156

 

 

 

1,929

 

 

 

1,546

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

3,431

 

 

 

938

 

 

 

4,590

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(1,156

)

 

 

(7,053

)

 

 

2,829

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

7,214

 

 

 

5,724

 

 

 

6,267

 

Impairment of goodwill and certain assets

 

 

 

 

 

966

 

 

 

19,193

 

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(3,099

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess income tax benefit on employee stock-based awards

 

 

(386

)

 

 

(206

)

 

 

(82

)

Interest accrual on debt securities

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

821

 

 

 

4,536

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of dispositions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

 

(1,547

)

 

 

6,138

 

 

 

28,562

 

Inventories

 

 

3,136

 

 

 

8,109

 

 

 

(3,213

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

8,697

 

 

 

5,100

 

 

 

8,764

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

(315

)

 

 

(734

)

 

 

(5,329

)

Trade accounts payable

 

 

3,011

 

 

 

(6,451

)

 

 

(2,280

)

Other current liabilities

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

5,456

 

 

 

6,969

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

15,154

 

 

 

(40

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

43,224

 

 

 

50,958

 

 

 

67,042

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

 

 

(27,197

)

 

 

(18,069

)

 

 

(24,787

)

Capital expenditures for intangible assets

 

 

(702

)

 

 

(456

)

 

 

(4,891

)

Purchase of other investments

 

 

 

 

 

(1,457

)

 

 

(1,374

)

Purchase of debt securities

 

 

(15,250

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

 

4,800

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(38,349

)

 

 

(19,950

)

 

 

(31,052

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common shares

 

 

3,704

 

 

 

10,462

 

 

 

3,450

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

(20,000

)

 

 

(16

)

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(1,825

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in restricted cash

 

 

34,424

 

 

 

(10,662

)

 

 

(2,375

)

Repurchase and retirement of common shares

 

 

(11,575

)

 

 

 

 

 

(39,494

)

Excess income tax benefit on employee stock-based awards

 

 

386

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

82

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

25,114

 

 

 

(19,994

)

 

 

(38,353

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

(3,141

)

 

 

(3,123

)

 

 

520

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

26,848

 

 

 

7,891

 

 

 

(1,843

)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

 

36,815

 

 

 

28,924

 

 

 

30,767

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

 

$

63,663

 

 

$

36,815

 

 

$

28,924

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

852

 

 

$

1,315

 

 

$

2,046

 

Income taxes

 

$

3,160

 

 

$

2,222

 

 

$

8,773

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ORTHOFIX INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Description of business

Orthofix International N.V. is a diversified, global medical device company focused on improving patients' lives by providing superior reconstructive and regenerative orthopedic and spine solutions to physicians worldwide. Headquartered in Lewisville, TX, the Company has four strategic business units that include BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation. Orthofix products are widely distributed via the Company's sales representatives, distributors and its subsidiaries. In addition, Orthofix is collaborating on research and development activities with leading clinical organizations such as the Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation (“MTF”) and the Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children.

1.

Summary of significant accounting policies

(a)

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries and entities over which the Company has control. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

(b)

Recently adopted accounting standards

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This ASU requires entities to classify deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position in order to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The Company elected to adopt this guidance early, effective for the year ended December 31, 2015. Accordingly, deferred tax assets in the amount of $37.4 million, which were formerly classified as current assets at December 31, 2014, have been reclassified as non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheet.

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Components of an Entity. The ASU amends the definition of a discontinued operation and also provides new disclosure requirements for disposals meeting the definition, and for those that do not meet the definition, of a discontinued operation. Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation may include a component or a group of components of an entity, or a business or nonprofit activity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale, and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The ASU also expands the scope to include the disposals of equity method investments and acquired businesses held for sale. Adopting this guidance in 2015 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest – Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which was later clarified further in ASU 2015-15, Interest – Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements. The ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts and premiums. Debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements may continue to be presented as an asset. The guidance is effective retroactively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. Adopting this guidance in 2015 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

(c)

Use of estimates in preparation of financial statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates, including those related to contractual allowances, doubtful accounts, inventories, potential intangible assets and goodwill impairment, income taxes, and share-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience, future expectations and on other relevant assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


(d)

Foreign currency translation

The financial statements for operations outside the United States are generally maintained in their local currency. All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts, except shareholders’ equity, are translated to U.S. dollars at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense items are translated at weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income component of shareholders’ equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses, including those generated from intercompany operations, are included in other expense, net and were losses of $3.5 million, $2.4 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(e)

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

(f)

Restricted cash

Restricted cash consisted of cash held at certain subsidiaries, the distribution or transfer of which to Orthofix International N.V. (the “Parent”) or other subsidiaries that are not parties to the Company’s previous 2010 credit facility, which matured and was replaced in 2015 as described in Note 7, was restricted. The Company’s previous 2010 senior secured credit facility restricted the Parent and subsidiaries that are not parties to the facility from access to cash held by Orthofix Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All credit party subsidiaries had access to this cash for operational and debt repayment purposes.

(g)

Market risk

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations. The Company’s objective is to limit the impact of such movements on earnings and cash flows. In order to achieve this objective, the Company seeks to balance its non-U.S. dollar denominated income and expenditures. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company made use of a foreign cross-currency swap agreement to manage cash flow exposure generated from foreign currency fluctuations.

The Company generally does not require collateral on trade receivables.

(h)

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value, after provision for excess, obsolete or impaired items, which is reviewed and updated on a periodic basis by management. For inventory procured or produced, whether internally or through contract manufacturing arrangements, at our manufacturing facility in Italy, cost is determined on a weighted-average basis, which approximates the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. For inventory procured or produced, whether internally or through contract manufacturing arrangements, at our manufacturing facility in Texas, standard costs, which approximates actual cost on the FIFO method, is used to value inventory. Standard costs are reviewed annually by management, or more often in the event circumstances indicate a change in cost has occurred. The valuation of work-in-process, finished products, field inventory and consignment inventory includes the cost of materials, labor and other production costs. Field inventory represents immediately saleable finished products inventory that is in the possession of the Company’s independent sales representatives. Consignment inventory represents immediately saleable finished products located at third party customers, such as distributors and hospitals.

The Company adjusts the value of its inventory to the extent management determines that the cost cannot be recovered due to obsolescence or other factors. In order to make these determinations, management uses estimates of future demand and sales prices for each product to determine the appropriate inventory reserves and to make corresponding adjustments to the carrying value of these inventories to reflect the lower of cost or market value. In the event of a decrease in demand for the Company’s products, or a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence, the Company could be required to increase its inventory reserves, which would increase cost of sales and decrease gross profit.

Work-in-process, finished products, field inventory and consignment inventory include material, labor and production overhead costs. Deferred cost of sales result from transactions where the Company has shipped product or performed services for which all revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met. Once all revenue recognition criteria have been met, revenue and associated cost of sales are recognized.


(i)

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs include all expenditures necessary to place the asset in service, including freight and sales and use taxes. Plant equipment also includes instrumentation held by customers, which is generally used to facilitate the implantation of the Company’s products. We capitalize system development costs related to our internal use software during the application development stage. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three to seven years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets. Depreciation of leasehold improvements is computed over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the asset. The useful lives are as follows:

Years

Buildings

25 to 33

Plant equipment and instrumentation

2 to 10

Furniture and fixtures

4 to 8

Software

3 to 7

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals and improvements, which do not extend the lives of the respective assets, are expensed as incurred. All other expenditures for renewals and improvements are capitalized. The assets and related accumulated depreciation are adjusted for property retirements and disposals, with the resulting gain or loss included in earnings. Fully depreciated assets remain in the accounts until retired from service.

Patents and other intangible assets are recorded at cost, or when acquired as a part of a business combination at estimated fair value. These assets primarily include patents, other technology agreements, and trademarks and are amortized over their useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefit of the assets is consumed. The Company’s weighted average amortization period for developed technologies is 11 years.

Intangible and long-lived assets with finite lives are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances have occurred that would indicate impairment or a change in the remaining useful life. If an impairment indicator exists, the Company tests the asset for recoverability. For purposes of the recoverability test, the Company groups its long-lived or intangible assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows if the asset does not generate cash flows independent of other assets and liabilities. If the carrying value of the asset (asset group) exceeds the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset (asset group), the Company will write the carrying value down to the fair value in the period identified.

The Company generally calculates fair value of long-lived and intangible assets as the present value of estimated future cash flows. In determining the estimated future cash flows associated with the assets, the Company uses estimates and assumptions about future revenue contributions, cost structures and remaining useful lives of the asset (asset group). The use of alternative assumptions, including estimated cash flows, discount rates, and alternative estimated remaining useful lives could result in different calculations of impairment.

(j)

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill at least annually for impairment. The Company tests more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. These indicators include, among others, declines in sales, earnings or cash flows, or the development of a material adverse change in the business climate. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a reporting unit. The Company has identified four reporting units: BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation, and Spine Fixation.

In order to calculate the respective carrying values, the Company initially records goodwill based on the purchase price allocation performed at the time of acquisition. Corporate assets and liabilities that directly relate to a reporting unit’s operations are ascribed directly to that reporting unit. Corporate assets and liabilities that are not directly related to a specific reporting unit, but from which the reporting unit benefits, are allocated based on the respective contribution measure of each reporting unit. Effective July 1, 2013, the Company re-aligned its reporting structure and consequently reallocated the carrying value of goodwill from its previous reporting units to its new reporting units based on the relative fair value of each new reporting unit to total enterprise value at July 1, 2013. Upon estimating the fair value of the reporting units, we determined the fair value for two of our reporting units, Extremity Fixation and Spine Fixation, was less than the respective carrying values. As a result, we recorded an impairment of goodwill of $19.2 million during the third quarter of 2013, including $9.8 million for our Extremity Fixation reporting unit and $9.4 million for our Spine Fixation reporting unit.


The Company’s annual goodwill impairment analysis, which was performed qualitatively during the fourth quarters of 2014 and 2015, did not result in any additional impairment charge for either the BioStim or Biologics reporting units, the reporting units with remaining goodwill. This qualitative analysis, which is referred to as step zero, considered all relevant factors specific to the reporting units, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance and relevant entity-specific events.

(k)

Derivative instruments

The Company manages its exposure to fluctuating cash flows resulting from changes in interest rates and foreign exchange within the consolidated financial statements according to its hedging policy. Under the policy, the Company may engage in non-leveraged transactions involving various financial derivative instruments to manage exposed positions. The policy requires the Company to formally document the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. For instruments designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivative that is used in the hedging transaction has been effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item and whether such derivative may be expected to remain effective in future periods. If it is determined that a derivative is not (or has ceased to be) effective as a hedge, the Company will discontinue the related hedge accounting prospectively. Such a determination would be made when (1) the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item; (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; or (3) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings.

The Company records all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s change in fair value (i.e., gains or losses) is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of related taxes, and subsequently reclassified into net earnings in the period the hedged transaction affects earnings.

The Company utilizes a cross-currency swap to manage its foreign currency exposure related to a portion of the Company’s intercompany receivable of a U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiary that is denominated in Euro. The cross-currency swap has been accounted for as a cash flow hedge in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

(l)

Fair value measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Non-financial assets and liabilities of the Company measured at fair value include any long-lived assets or equity method investments that are impaired in a currently reported period. The authoritative guidance also describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 —

quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 2 —

observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 3 —

unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions

The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, restricted cash, certificates of deposit, treasury securities, collective trust funds, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term secured debt, available for sale equity and debt securities, common stock warrants, derivative securities, and deferred compensation plan liabilities. The carrying value of restricted cash, trade accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The Company’s credit facilities carry a floating rate of interest, and therefore, the carrying value is considered to approximate the fair value. The Company’s available for sale equity securities and common stock warrants are recorded at cost, as it is currently impracticable to estimate the fair value of the instruments without incurring excessive costs given the size of the asset and since there have been no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the instruments.  See Note 10 for further discussion.

(m)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments; the effective portion of the gain (loss) on the Company’s cross-currency swap, which is designated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge (see Note 9); the


unrealized gain (loss) on warrants; and the unrealized gain (loss) on the Company’s debt securities. The components of and changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

Currency

Translation

Adjustments

 

 

Change in

Fair Value

 

 

Accumulated Other

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

3,651

 

 

$

(148

)

 

$

3,503

 

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax

   expense of $59

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

248

 

Currency translation adjustment (1)

 

 

(4,133

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,133

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

(482

)

 

$

100

 

 

$

(382

)

Unrealized gain on cross-currency swaps, net of tax

   expense of $74

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

128

 

Unrealized loss on debt securities (net of tax benefit

    of $1,277)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,071

)

 

 

(2,071

)

Currency translation adjustment (1)

 

 

(3,907

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,907

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

(4,389

)

 

$

(1,843

)

 

$

(6,232

)

(1)

As the earnings generally remain indefinitely reinvested in the non U.S. dollar denominated foreign subsidiaries, no deferred taxes are recognized on the related currency translation adjustment.

(n)

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable

Commercial revenue is related to the sale of our implant products, generally representing hospital customers. Revenues are recognized when these products have been utilized and a confirming purchase order has been received from the hospital.

Revenue is also derived from third-party payors, including commercial insurance carriers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and governmental payors such as Medicare, in connection with the sale of our stimulation products. Revenue is recognized when the stimulation product is placed on and accepted by the patient. Amounts paid by these third-party payors are generally based on fixed or allowable reimbursement rates. These revenues are recorded at the expected or preauthorized reimbursement rates, net of any contractual allowances or adjustments. Certain billings are subject to review by the third-party payors and may be subject to adjustment. Revenue for certain government entities is recorded on a cash-basis as collectability is not reasonably assured.

For all distributor revenue, which is primarily related to implant products, we recognize revenue on the sell-through basis, effective April 1, 2013.  Prior to this date, we recognized revenue either on a sell-in or sell-through basis, depending on the specific circumstances of the distributor. In some cases we recognized distributor revenue as title and risk of loss passes at either shipment from our facilities or receipt at the distributor’s facility, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria had been achieved (the “sell-in method”). In some cases the revenue recognition criteria for distributor sales were not satisfied at the time of shipment or receipt; specifically, the existence of extra-contractual terms or arrangements caused us not to meet the fixed or determinable criteria for revenue recognition in some cases, and in others collectability had not been established. In situations where we are unable to satisfy the requirements to recognize revenue on the sell-in method, we recognize revenue relating to distributor arrangements once the product is delivered to the end customer (the “sell-through method”). Because we do not have reliable information about when our distributors sell the product through to end customers, we use cash collection from distributors as a basis for revenue recognition under the sell-through method. Although in many cases we are legally entitled to the accounts receivable at the time of shipment, we have not recognized accounts receivables or any corresponding deferred revenues associated with distributor transactions for which revenue is recognized on the sell-through method.

For distributors on the sell-in method prior to April 1, 2013, cost of sales were recognized upon shipment. For sell-through distributors, whose revenue is recognized upon cash receipt, we consider whether to match the related cost of sales expense with revenue or to recognize cost of sales expense upon shipment. In making this assessment, we consider the financial viability of our distributors based on their creditworthiness to determine if collectability of amounts sufficient to realize the costs of the products shipped is reasonably assured at the time of shipment to these distributors. In instances where the distributor is determined to be financially viable, we defer the costs of sales until the revenue is recognized.

Biologics revenue is primarily related to a collaborative arrangement with MTF. In 2008, the Company entered into a collaborative arrangement with MTF to develop and commercialize Trinity Evolution®, a stem cell-based bone growth biologic matrix. With the development process completed in 2009, the Company and MTF operated under the terms of a separate commercialization agreement. Under the terms of the 10-year agreement, MTF sourced the tissue, processed it to create the bone


growth matrix, packaged and delivered it to the customer in accordance with orders received from the Company. The Company has exclusive global marketing rights for Trinity Evolution® as well as non-exclusive marketing rights for other products, and receives marketing fees from MTF based on total sales. MTF is considered the primary obligor in these arrangements and therefore the Company recognizes these marketing service fees on a net basis within net sales upon shipment of the product to the customer. These marketing fees were $55.4 million, $50.8 million and $48.1 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. On January 10, 2012, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement with MTF to both co-develop and commercialize a new technology for use in bone grafting applications and to expand MTF’s Trinity Evolution® processing capacity. The amendment amends the term of the existing agreement until the later of (i) 15 years after the date that certain development milestones were achieved under the existing agreement (which occurred during 2010) or (ii) the date that certain licensing arrangements between the Company and NuVasive, Inc. expire.

Revenue excludes any value added or other local taxes, intercompany sales and trade discounts. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales.

The process for estimating the ultimate collection of accounts receivable involves significant assumptions and judgments. Historical collection and payor reimbursement experience is an integral part of the estimation process related to reserves for doubtful accounts and the establishment of contractual allowances. Accounts receivable are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of both reserves for doubtful accounts and contractual allowances. Revisions in allowances for doubtful accounts estimates are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt expense within sales and marketing expenses. Revisions to contractual allowances are recorded as an adjustment to net sales. Our estimates are periodically tested against actual collection experience.

(o)

Sale of accounts receivable

The Company will generally sell receivables from certain Italian hospitals each year. During 2015, 2014, and 2013 the Company sold €10.9 million, €9.8 million, and €12.0 million ($11.9 million, $12.8 million, and $16.0 million) of receivables, respectively. The estimated related fee for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which is recorded as interest expense. Trade accounts receivables sold without recourse are removed from the balance sheet at the time of sale.

(p)

Share-based compensation

The fair value of service-based stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Such value is recognized as expense over the service period net of estimated forfeitures.

The fair value of market-based stock options is determined at the date of the grant using the Monte Carlo valuation methodology. Such value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period adjusted for estimated forfeitures for each separately vesting tranche of the award. The Monte Carlo methodology that we use to estimate the fair value of market-based options incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied.

The expected term of options granted is estimated based on a number of factors, including the vesting and expiration terms of the award, historical employee exercise behavior for both options that are currently outstanding and options that have been exercised or are expired, the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock and an employee’s average length of service. The risk-free interest rate is determined based upon a constant U.S. Treasury security rate with a contractual life that approximates the expected term of the option award. Management estimates expected volatility based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The compensation expense recognized for all equity-based awards is net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated based on an analysis of actual option forfeitures.

We grant performance-based restricted stock awards to executive employees, for which vesting is based upon achieving certain targets for various financial measures. The fair value of performance-based restricted stock awards are recognized, net of estimated forfeitures, over the derived requisite vesting period beginning in the period in which they are deemed probable to vest.

(q)

Shipping and handling costs

Shipping and handling costs for products shipped to customers are included in cost of sales, and were $2.2 million, $2.3 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


(r)

Research and development costs

Expenditures related to the collaborative arrangement with MTF are expensed based on the terms of the related agreement. There were no payments made to MTF in 2015 and payments totaled $0.3 million and $2.5 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Expenditures for other research and development are expensed as incurred.

(s)

Income taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, and uses estimates in determining the provision for income taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method for accounting and reporting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using statutory rates. This process requires that the Company project the current tax liability and estimate the deferred tax assets and liabilities, including net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers its recent operating results, availability of taxable income in carryback years, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income projections (exclusive of reversing temporary differences) and all prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company re-evaluates income tax positions periodically to consider factors such as changes in facts or circumstances, changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

The Company includes interest and any applicable penalties related to tax issues as part of income tax expense in its consolidated financial statements.

(t)

Net income (loss) per common share

Net income (loss) per common share—basic is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each of the respective years. Net income (loss) per common share—diluted is computed using the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during each of the respective years using the “treasury stock” method, if dilutive. Common equivalent shares represent the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of outstanding share options (see Note 17). The difference between basic and diluted shares, if any, results from the assumed exercise of certain outstanding share options.

(u)

Financial instruments and concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that could subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Generally, the cash is held at large financial institutions and our cash equivalents consist of highly liquid money market funds. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers, generally does not require collateral, and maintains a reserve for potential credit losses. The Company believes that a concentration of credit risk related to the accounts receivable is limited because the customers are geographically dispersed and the end users are diversified across several industries.

Net sales to our customers based in Europe were approximately $53 million in 2015, which results in a substantial portion of our trade accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2015. It is at least reasonably possible that changes in global economic conditions and/or local operating and economic conditions in the regions these distributors operate, or other factors, could affect the future realization of these accounts receivable balances.

(v)

Recently issued accounting standards

In May 2014, the FASB issuedASU No. 2014-09,Revenue from ContractswithCustomers. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and requiresentities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customersinan amount that reflectsthe consideration to whichthe entityexpects to be entitled to inexchange for those goods or services. The standard was originally to be effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. On July 9, 2015, the FASB agreed to defer the effective date by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date. The FASB also agreed to permit early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016. The standard is to be applied either retrospectively or as a cumulative effect


adjustment as of the adoption date. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adopting this new accounting guidance will have on the consolidated results of operations, cash flows, and financial position.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This ASU requires that an entity should measure inventory, unless accounted for under the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) or retail inventory methods, at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The guidance will be effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the new guidance and does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This ASU requires entities to measure equity investments, except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee, at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicability exception. The guidance will be effective prospectively for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the new guidance and does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

2.

Inventories

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Raw materials

 

$

4,976

 

 

$

3,879

 

Work-in-process

 

 

5,087

 

 

 

4,830

 

Finished products

 

 

23,155

 

 

 

24,953

 

Field inventory

 

 

17,593

 

 

 

18,003

 

Consignment inventory

 

 

2,199

 

 

 

2,656

 

Deferred cost of sales

 

 

4,553

 

 

 

5,525

 

 

 

$

57,563

 

 

$

59,846

 

3.

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

$

3,328

 

 

$

3,683

 

Plant, equipment and instrumentation

 

 

150,366

 

 

 

140,110

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

5,711

 

 

 

5,779

 

 

 

 

159,405

 

 

 

149,572

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(107,099

)

 

 

(101,023

)

 

 

$

52,306

 

 

$

48,549

 

Included within plant, equipment and instrumentation is capitalized computer software of $7.6 million and $9.0 million net of accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Amortization of computer software for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $4.4 million, $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively.  

Total depreciation expense, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $19.2 million, $20.6 million and $20.0 million, respectively.


4.

Patents and other intangible assets

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

$

35,637

 

 

$

35,420

 

Trademarks—finite lived

 

 

439

 

 

 

596

 

License and other

 

 

6,248

 

 

 

7,248

 

 

 

 

42,324

 

 

 

43,264

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

 

(32,088

)

 

 

(31,198

)

Trademarks—finite lived

 

 

(392

)

 

 

(469

)

License and other

 

 

(4,542

)

 

 

(4,445

)

 

 

 

(37,022

)

 

 

(36,112

)

Patents and other intangible assets, net

 

$

5,302

 

 

$

7,152

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1.7 million, $2.3 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Future amortization expense for intangibles is estimated as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortization

 

2016

 

$

1,450

 

2017

 

 

1,196

 

2018

 

 

549

 

2019

 

 

551

 

2020

 

 

457

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

$

5,302

 

5.

Goodwill

The following table presents the net carrying value of goodwill by reportable segment:

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

BioStim

 

$

42,678

 

 

$

42,678

 

Biologics

 

 

10,887

 

 

 

10,887

 

Extremity Fixation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spine Fixation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

53,565

 

 

$

53,565

 

6.

Other current liabilities

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

21,480

 

 

$

23,298

 

Salaries, bonuses, commissions and related taxes payable

 

 

18,190

 

 

 

16,879

 

Accrued legal expenses

 

 

22,608

 

 

 

9,548

 

Other payables

 

 

3,319

 

 

 

3,495

 

 

 

$

65,597

 

 

$

53,220

 

7.

Long-term debt

On August 30, 2010, the Company’s wholly owned U.S. holding company, Orthofix Holdings, Inc. (“Orthofix Holdings”) entered into a Credit Agreement (the “2010 Credit Agreement”) with certain U.S. direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company (the


“2010 Guarantors”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as Administrative Agent, RBS Citizens, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and certain lender parties thereto.

The 2010 Credit Agreement provided a five year, $200 million secured revolving credit facility (the “2010 Revolving Credit Facility”), and a five year, $100 million secured term loan facility (the “2010 Term Loan Facility”, and together with the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, the “2010 Credit Facilities”). On January 15, 2015, at the Company’s request, the lenders agreed to reduce the available capacity under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility to $100 million.  

In December 2014, the Company repaid in full, along with applicable interest, the outstanding balance of $20 million held on the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. The effective interest rate on the 2010 Credit Facility as of December 31, 2014 was 2.7%.

The 2010 Credit Agreement restricted the Company and subsidiaries that were not parties to the 2010 Credit Facilities from access to cash held by Orthofix Holdings and its subsidiaries. All of the Company’s subsidiaries that were parties to the 2010 Credit Agreement had access to this cash for operational and debt repayment purposes. The amount of restricted cash of the Company as of December 31, 2014 was $34.4 million.

On August 31, 2015, the Company, through its subsidiaries Orthofix Holdings and Victory Medical Limited (“Victory Medical”, and collectively with Orthofix Holdings, the “Borrowers”), entered into a Credit Agreement (the “2015 Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan, as Administrative Agent, and certain lenders party thereto. The 2015 Credit Agreement provides for a five year $125 million secured revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) and replaces the Company’s 2010 Credit Facility, which expired and matured pursuant to its terms on August 30, 2015 with no amounts outstanding. The 2015 Credit Agreement has a maturity date of August 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has not made any borrowings under the 2015 Credit Agreement.

Borrowings under the 2015 Credit Agreement may be used for, among other things, working capital and other general corporate purposes (including share repurchases, permitted acquisitions and permitted payments of dividends and other distributions) of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.  The Facility is generally available in U.S. Dollars with up to $50 million of the Facility also available to be borrowed in Euros and Pounds Sterling (together with U.S. Dollars, the “Agreed Currencies”).  The 2015 Credit Agreement further permits up to $25 million of the Facility to be utilized for the issuance of letters of credit in the Agreed Currencies.  The Borrowers have the ability to increase the amount of the Facility by an aggregate amount of up to $50 million (which increase may take the form of one or more increases to the revolving credit commitments and/or the issuance of one or more new Term A loans) upon satisfaction of certain conditions precedent and receipt of additional commitments by one or more existing or new lenders.  

Borrowings under the Facility bear interest at a floating rate, which is, at the Borrowers’ option, either LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.5% or a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.5% (in each case subject to adjustment based on the Company’s total leverage ratio).  An unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.4% (subject to adjustment based on the Company’s total leverage ratio) is payable quarterly in arrears based on the daily amount of the undrawn portion of each lender’s revolving credit commitment under the Facility.  Fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR loans, plus certain customary fees payable solely to the issuer of the letter of credit.  

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are required to guarantee the repayment of the Borrowers’ obligations under the 2015 Credit Agreement.  The obligations of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors with respect to the 2015 Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of substantially all of the tangible and intangible personal property of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors, including accounts receivable, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property, inventory, equipment and equity interests in their subsidiaries.   The 2015 Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, repay subordinated indebtedness and enter into affiliate transactions.    

In addition, the 2015 Credit Agreement contains financial covenants requiring the Company on a consolidated basis to maintain, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, a total leverage ratio of not more than 3.0 to 1.0 and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0.  The Company is in compliance with all required financial covenants as of December 31, 2015. The 2015 Credit Agreement also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type, and upon the occurrence of such events of default, subject to customary cure rights, all outstanding loans under the Facility may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ commitments terminated.

In conjunction with obtaining the Facility, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $1.8 million which are being amortized over the life of the Facility. The debt issuance costs are included in other long-term assets, net of accumulated amortization. All debt issuance costs related to the 2010 Credit Facility were fully amortized upon maturity of the 2010 Credit Facility on August 30, 2015.


As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization, related to both the 2015 Credit Agreement and the 2010 Credit Agreement were $1.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The Company has an unused available line of credit of €5.8 million ($6.3 million and $7.0 million) at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, in its Italian line of credit. This line of credit provides the Company the option to borrow amounts in Italy at rates, which are determined at the time of borrowing. This line of credit is unsecured.

8.

Stockholders’ equity

The Company has not paid dividends to holders of its common stock in the past. The Company currently intends to retain all of its consolidated earnings to finance credit agreement obligations and to finance the continued growth of its business. Certain subsidiaries of the Company have restrictions on their ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The Company does not have present intentions to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

In the event that the Company decides to pay a dividend to holders of its common stock in the future with dividends received from its subsidiaries, the Company may, based on prevailing rates of taxation, be required to pay additional withholding and income tax on such amounts received from its subsidiaries.

The Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan in the fourth quarter of 2015, authorizing the purchase of up to $75 million of the Company’s common stock through and including September 2017. Under the program, common share repurchases are expected to consist primarily of open market transactions at prevailing market prices in accordance with the guidelines specified under Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, though the Company may also make repurchases through block trades or privately negotiated transactions. Repurchases may be made from cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and/or borrowings under the Company’s new secured revolving credit facility. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares and may be discontinued at any time. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased 293,991 shares of common stock for $11.6 million with an average price per share of $39.37 which were all retired upon repurchase. As of December 31, 2015, there was $63.4 million remaining under this share repurchase authorization.  

9.

Derivative instruments

The tables below disclose the types of derivative instruments the Company owns, the classifications and fair values of these instruments within the balance sheet, and the amount of gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) or net income (loss).

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

Fair value: favorable

(unfavorable)

 

 

Balance sheet location

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross-currency swap

 

$

2,485

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Warrants

 

$

321

 

 

Other long-term assets

As of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross-currency swap

 

$

2,504

 

 

Other long-term assets

Warrants

 

$

321

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

For the year ended

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Cross-currency swap unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes

 

$

128

 

 

$

251

 

 

$

(278

)

Warrants unrealized loss, net of taxes

 

$

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(1

)

Cross-currency swap

On September 30, 2010, the Company entered into a cross-currency swap agreement (the “replacement swap agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank and Royal Bank of Scotland PLC (the “counterparties”) to manage its cash flows related to foreign currency exposure for a portion of the Company’s intercompany receivable of a U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiary that is denominated in Euro.


Under the terms of the swap agreement, the Company pays Euros based on a €9.6 million notional value and a fixed rate of 5.00% and receives U.S. dollars based on a notional value of $13.0 million and a fixed rate of 4.635%. The expiration date is December 30, 2016, the date upon which the underlying intercompany debt, to which the swap agreement applies, matures. The swap agreement is designated as a cash flow hedge and therefore the Company recognizes any unrealized gain (loss) on the change in fair value in other comprehensive income (loss).

Warrants

As of December 31, 2015, the Company held warrants for 458 thousand shares of Bone Biologics, Inc. (“Bone Biologics”), at a weighted average exercise price of $1.18 per share, and common stock of Bone Biologics totaling $1.5 million, which was converted from notes receivable. The fair value of these instruments has not been estimated, and is instead recorded at cost, as the fair value is not readily determinable. In addition, there have been no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the instruments.

Under the terms of the note and warrant purchase agreements, the warrants to purchase common stock in Bone Biologics were both detachable from the note, exercisable over a seven year period, and transferable by the holder to other parties.

10.

Fair value measurements

The Company’s collective trust funds, treasury securities, certificates of deposit, derivative securities, debt securities, and deferred compensation plan liabilities are the only financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

December 31,

2015

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collective trust funds

 

$

1,622

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,622

 

 

$

 

Treasury securities

 

 

495

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

337

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative securities

 

 

2,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,485

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

12,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,658

 

Total

 

$

17,597

 

 

$

832

 

 

$

4,107

 

 

$

12,658

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan

 

$

(1,503

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,503

)

 

$

 

Total

 

$

(1,503

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,503

)

 

$

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

December 31,

2014

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collective trust funds

 

$

1,696

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,696

 

 

$

 

Treasury securities

 

 

586

 

 

 

586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative securities

 

 

2,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,504

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

6,296

 

 

$

2,096

 

 

$

4,200

 

 

$

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan

 

$

(1,886

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,886

)

 

$

 

Total

 

$

(1,886

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,886

)

 

$

 

The fair value of treasury securities and certificates of deposit are determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, therefore, the Company has categorized these instruments as Level 1 financial instruments. The certificates of deposit are held in foreign currencies and carry a contractual maturity of two years from the date of purchase.

The cross-currency derivative instrument consists of an over-the-counter contract, which is not traded on a public exchange. The fair value of this derivative swap contract, the common stock warrants, the Company’s collective trust funds, and the Company’s deferred compensation plan liabilities are determined based on inputs that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from


information available in publicly quoted markets; therefore, the Company has categorized these instruments as Level 2 financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s debt securities is based upon significant unobservable inputs, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions; therefore, the Company has categorized this asset as a Level 3 financial asset.

On March 4, 2015, the Company entered into an OptionAgreement (the “OptionAgreement”)witheNeura, Inc. (“eNeura”), a privately held medical technologycompany that is developing devices for the treatment of migraines. The OptionAgreement providesthe Company with anexclusive option to acquire eNeura (the “Option”)during the 18-month period following the grant of the Option. In considerationforthe Option, (i) the Company paid a non-refundable $0.3 millionfee to eNeura, and (ii) eNeura issued a ConvertiblePromissoryNote (the “eNeura Note”) to the Company. The principal amount ofthe eNeura Note is $15.0 million and interest accrues at 8.0%. The eNeura Note will mature on the earlier of (i)March4, 2019, or (ii) exercise of the Option. The interest is not due until the note matures and will be forgiven if the Company exercises the option. The investment is recorded in other long-term assets as an available for sale debt security and interest is recorded in interest income.

The fair value of the debt security is based upon significant unobservable inputs, including the use of a discounted cash flows model, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions; therefore, the Company has categorized this asset as a Level 3 financial asset. One of the more significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the debt security is the discount rate. Holding other inputs constant, changes in the discount rate could result in a significant change in the fair value of the debt security. As of December 31, 2015, the Company believes the fair value of the debt security is $12.7 million, resulting in an impairment of $3.3 million, which the Company has recorded in other comprehensive income as an unrealized loss on debt securities. The Company has classified the impairment as temporary in nature as the Company does not intend to sell the debt security nor does it believe that recoverability of the investment will not occur.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for debt securities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands)

 

2015

 

Balance at January 1, 2015

 

$

 

Additions to debt securities

 

 

15,000

 

Accrued interest income

 

 

1,006

 

Unrealized loss on debt securities

 

 

(3,348

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

12,658

 

11.

Commitments

Leases

The Company has entered into operating leases for facilities and equipment. These leases are non-cancellable and typically do not contain renewal options. Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses for which the Company recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis. Rent expense under the Company’s operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $3.0 million, $3.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

3,531

 

2017

 

 

2,905

 

2018

 

 

2,629

 

2019

 

 

2,175

 

2020

 

 

1,732

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,729

 

 

 

$

14,701

 


Inventory purchase commitments

The Company has inventory purchase commitments with third-party manufactures for $1.1 million, $2.5 million and $3.0 million as of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  

12.

Business segment information

We manage our business by our four strategic business units (“SBUs”), which are comprised of BioStim, Biologics, Extremity Fixation, and Spine Fixation supported by Corporate activities. These SBUs represent the segments for which our Chief Executive Officer, who is also Chief Operating Decision Maker (the “CODM”), reviews financial information and makes resource allocation decisions among business units. The primary metric used by the CODM in managing the Company is net margin, which is defined as gross profit less sales and marketing expense. The Company neither discretely allocates assets, other than goodwill, to its operating segments nor evaluates the operating segments using discrete asset information. Accordingly, our segment information has been prepared based on our four SBUs reporting segments. These four segments are discussed below.

BioStim

The BioStim SBU manufactures, distributes, and provides support services of market leading devices that enhance bone fusion. These Class III medical devices are indicated as an adjunctive, noninvasive treatment to improve fusion success rates in cervical and lumbar spine as well as a therapeutic treatment for non-spine fractures that have not healed (non-unions). These devices utilize Orthofix’s patented pulsed electromagnetic field (“PEMF”) technology, which is supported by strong basic mechanism of action data in the scientific literature and as well as strong level one randomized controlled clinical trials in the medical literature.  Current research and clinical studies are also underway to identify potential new clinical indications.  This SBU uses distributors and sales representatives to sell its devices to hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S.

Biologics

The Biologics SBU provides a portfolio of regenerative products and tissue forms that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of spinal and orthopedic conditions. This SBU specializes in the marketing of the Company’s regeneration tissue forms. Biologics markets its tissues through a network of distributors, independent sales representatives and affiliates to supply to hospitals, doctors, and other healthcare providers, primarily in the U.S. Our partnership with MTF allows us to exclusively market our Trinity Evolution® and Trinity ELITE® tissue forms for musculoskeletal defects to enhance bony fusion.

Extremity Fixation

The Extremity Fixation SBU offers products and solutions that allow physicians to successfully treat a variety of orthopedic conditions unrelated to the spine. This SBU specializes in the design, development, and marketing of the Company’s orthopedic products used in fracture repair, deformity correction and bone reconstruction procedures. Extremity Fixation distributes its products through a network of distributors, sales representatives and affiliates to sell orthopedic products to hospitals, doctors, and other health providers, globally.

Spine Fixation

The Spine Fixation SBU specializes in the design, development and marketing of a broad portfolio of implant products used in surgical procedures of the spine. Spine Fixation distributes its products through a network of distributors, sales representatives, and affiliates to sell spine products to hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers, globally.

Corporate

Corporate activities are comprised of the operating expenses, including share-based compensation, of Orthofix International N.V. and its holding company subsidiaries, along with activities not necessarily identifiable within the four SBUs.


Net Sales by SBU:

The table below presents net sales by SBU reporting segment. Net sales include product sales and marketing service fees.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

Percent of

Total Net

Sales

 

BioStim

 

$

164,955

 

 

 

41.6

%

 

$

154,676

 

 

 

38.5

%

 

$

145,085

 

 

 

36.5

%

Biologics

 

 

59,832

 

 

 

15.1

%

 

 

55,881

 

 

 

13.9

%

 

 

53,746

 

 

 

13.5

%

Extremity Fixation

 

 

96,034

 

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

109,678

 

 

 

27.3

%

 

 

103,359

 

 

 

26.0

%

Spine Fixation

 

 

75,668

 

 

 

19.1

%

 

 

82,042

 

 

 

20.4

%

 

 

95,421

 

 

 

24.0

%

Total net sales

 

$

396,489

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

402,277

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

397,611

 

 

 

100.0

%

The table below presents net margin, defined as gross profit less sales and marketing expenses by SBU reporting segment:

Net Margin by SBU

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Net margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BioStim

 

$

67,878

 

 

$

66,096

 

 

$

63,847

 

Biologics

 

 

27,226

 

 

 

26,629

 

 

 

24,794

 

Extremity Fixation

 

 

29,493

 

 

 

31,586

 

 

 

23,704

 

Spine Fixation

 

 

8,547

 

 

 

14,243

 

 

 

4,329

 

Corporate

 

 

(1,260

)

 

 

(1,736

)

 

 

(1,443

)

Total net margin

 

$

131,884

 

 

$

136,818

 

 

$

115,231

 

General and administrative

 

 

87,157

 

 

 

79,074

 

 

 

67,517

 

Research and development

 

 

26,389

 

 

 

24,994

 

 

 

26,768

 

Restatements and related costs

 

 

9,083

 

 

 

15,614

 

 

 

12,945

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,193

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

9,255

 

 

$

17,136

 

 

$

(11,192

)

The following table presents depreciation and amortization by SBU reporting segment:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

BioStim

 

$

2,933

 

 

$

1,623

 

 

$

1,979

 

Biologics

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

1,161

 

 

 

648

 

Extremity Fixation

 

 

6,636

 

 

 

8,442

 

 

 

7,265

 

Spine Fixation

 

 

10,050

 

 

 

11,711

 

 

 

12,834

 

Corporate

 

 

147

 

 

 

(59

)

 

 

96

 

Total

 

$

20,923

 

 

$

22,878

 

 

$

22,822

 

Geographical information

The following data includes net sales by geographic destination:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

U.S.

 

$

305,505

 

 

$

294,682

 

 

$

293,032

 

Italy

 

 

15,655

 

 

 

19,573

 

 

 

16,755

 

United Kingdom

 

 

11,376

 

 

 

11,402

 

 

 

10,002

 

Brazil

 

 

13,512

 

 

 

19,633

 

 

 

26,786

 

Others

 

 

50,441

 

 

 

56,987

 

 

 

51,036

 

Total net sales

 

$

396,489

 

 

$

402,277

 

 

$

397,611

 


The following data includes property, plant and equipment by geographic area:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

U.S.

 

$

42,534

 

 

$

37,029

 

Italy

 

 

6,015

 

 

 

6,865

 

United Kingdom

 

 

998

 

 

 

1,368

 

Brazil

 

 

1,036

 

 

 

1,308

 

Others

 

 

1,723

 

 

 

1,979

 

Total

 

$

52,306

 

 

$

48,549

 

13.

Income taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes consisted of:

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

15,480

 

 

$

17,532

 

 

$

(3,546

)

Non-U.S.

 

 

(6,973

)

 

 

(5,076

)

 

 

(7,057

)

Total income (loss) before taxes

 

$

8,507

 

 

$

12,456

 

 

$

(10,603

)

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes on continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations consists of the following:

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

6,792

 

 

$

5,067

 

 

$

2,465

 

Deferred

 

 

(1,146

)

 

 

2,825

 

 

 

4,013

 

Total U.S

 

 

5,646

 

 

 

7,892

 

 

 

6,478

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

3,661

 

 

 

18,186

 

 

 

2,308

 

Deferred

 

 

1,542

 

 

 

(9,878

)

 

 

(1,184

)

 

 

 

5,203

 

 

 

8,308

 

 

 

1,124

 

Total tax expense

 

$

10,849

 

 

$

16,200

 

 

$

7,602

 


Deferred income taxes are provided primarily for net operating loss carryforwards and for temporary differences resulting from items that are recognized in different years for financial statement and income tax reporting purposes. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Intangible assets and goodwill

 

$

2,931

 

 

$

4,067

 

Inventories and related reserves

 

 

17,640

 

 

 

19,525

 

Deferred revenue and cost of goods sold

 

 

11,189

 

 

 

10,826

 

Other accruals and reserves

 

 

7,729

 

 

 

5,371

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

2,964

 

 

 

5,004

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

2,863

 

 

 

2,094

 

Accrued interest

 

 

17,300

 

 

 

17,555

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

38,010

 

 

 

34,514

 

Other, net

 

 

4,441

 

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

 

105,067

 

 

 

100,158

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(43,340

)

 

 

(37,438

)

Deferred tax asset

 

$

61,727

 

 

$

62,720

 

Withholding taxes

 

 

(253

)

 

 

(229

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

(4,168

)

 

 

(6,766

)

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(4,421

)

 

 

(6,995

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

57,306

 

 

$

55,725

 

The increase in the valuation allowance of $5.9 million during the year principally relates to certain current year foreign losses incurred without an income tax benefit. The valuation allowance is attributable to net operating loss carryforwards and certain temporary differences in certain foreign jurisdictions, for which it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11.9 million that will begin to expire in 2016. Additionally, the Company has net operating losses in foreign taxing jurisdictions of approximately $154.5 million, the majority of which relate to the Company’s Netherlands operations that begin to expire in 2016. The Company has provided a valuation allowance against a significant portion of these net operating loss carryforwards since it does not believe that it is more likely than not that this deferred tax asset can be realized prior to expiration.

The rate reconciliation for continuing operations presented below is based on the U.S. federal income tax rate, rather than the parent company’s country of domicile tax rate. Management believes, given the large proportion of taxable income earned in the United States, such disclosure is more meaningful.

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except percentages)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

 

$

2,978

 

 

 

35

%

 

$

4,360

 

 

 

35.0

%

 

$

(3,711

)

 

 

35.0

%

State taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit

 

 

521

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

1,439

 

 

 

11.6

 

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

(19.2

)

Foreign rate differential, including withholding taxes

 

 

(1,934

)

 

 

(22.7

)

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

19.1

 

 

 

747

 

 

 

(7.0

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

10,952

 

 

 

128.7

 

 

 

8,672

 

 

 

69.6

 

 

 

3,913

 

 

 

(36.9

)

Italian subsidiary intangible asset

 

 

(2,076

)

 

 

(24.4

)

 

 

(2,546

)

 

 

(20.4

)

 

 

(2,288

)

 

 

21.6

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,452

 

 

 

(60.9

)

Domestic manufacturing deduction

 

 

(469

)

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

(377

)

 

 

(3.0

)

 

 

(233

)

 

 

2.2

 

Italian audit settlement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,048

 

 

 

8.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

877

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

1,218

 

 

 

9.8

 

 

 

683

 

 

 

(6.5

)

Income tax expense/effective rate

 

$

10,849

 

 

 

127.5

%

 

$

16,200

 

 

 

130.1

%

 

$

7,602

 

 

 

(71.7

)%

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefit was $15.8 million and $15.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within its global operations in income tax expense. The Company had approximately $0.8 million and $0.5 million accrued for payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


The entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest, would favorably impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2015, the Company does not expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next twelve months.  

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Balance as of January 1,

 

$

15,597

 

 

$

723

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

332

 

 

 

14,794

 

Increases (decreases) for prior year tax positions

 

 

(86

)

 

 

145

 

Settlements of prior year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration of statutes

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(65

)

Balance as of December 31,

 

$

15,763

 

 

$

15,597

 

The Company files a consolidated income tax return in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, the U.K., Italy and numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in many state and other foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations with respect to federal tax authorities is closed for years prior to December 31, 2012. The statute of limitations for the various state tax filings is closed in most instances for the years prior to December 31, 2011. The statute of limitations with respect to the major foreign tax filing jurisdictions is closed for years prior to December 31, 2010.

During the third quarter of 2015, the Internal Revenue Service commenced an examination of our federal income tax return for 2012. The Company cannot reasonably determine if this examination, or any state and local tax examinations, will have a material impact on our financial statements and cannot predict the timing regarding resolution of these tax examinations.

The Company’s current intention is to indefinitely reinvest the total amount of its unremitted foreign earnings (residing outside Curaçao) in the local jurisdiction. As an entity incorporated in Curaçao, “foreign subsidiaries” refer to both U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries.  Furthermore, only income sourced in the U.S. is subject to U.S. income tax. Unremitted foreign earnings increased from $374.1 million at December 31, 2014 to $439.2 million at December 31, 2015. The $439.2 million includes $448.8 million in U.S subsidiaries. It is not practicable to determine the amounts of net additional income tax that may be payable if such earnings were repatriated.

14.

Contingencies

The Company is party to outstanding legal proceedings, investigations and claims as described below. The Company believes that it is unlikely that the outcome of each of these matters, including the matters discussed below, will have a material adverse effect on it and its subsidiaries as a whole, notwithstanding that the unfavorable resolution of any matter may have a material effect on the Company’s net earnings (if any) in any particular quarter. However, the Company cannot predict with any certainty the final outcome of any legal proceedings, investigations (including any settlement discussions with the government seeking to resolve such investigations) or claims made against it as described in the paragraphs below, and there can be no assurance that the ultimate resolution of any such matter will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

The Company records accruals for certain outstanding legal proceedings, investigations or claims when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings, investigations and claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would make a loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company does not accrue the loss. However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of the accrual) is at least a reasonable possibility and material, then the Company discloses a reasonable estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if such reasonable estimate can be made. If the Company cannot make a reasonable estimate of the possible loss, or range of loss, then that is disclosed.

The assessments of whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or range of loss is reasonably estimable, often involve a series of complex judgments about future events. Among the factors that the Company considers in this assessment are the nature of existing legal proceedings, investigations and claims, the asserted or possible damages or loss contingency (if reasonably estimable), the progress of the matter, existing law and precedent, the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers, the involvement of the U.S. Government and its agencies in such proceedings, the Company’s experience in similar matters and the experience of other companies, the facts available to the Company at the time of assessment, and how the


Company intends to respond, or has responded, to the proceeding, investigation or claim. The Company’s assessment of these factors may change over time as individual proceedings, investigations or claims progress. For matters where the Company is not currently able to reasonably estimate the range of reasonably possible loss, the factors that have contributed to this determination include the following: (i) the damages sought are indeterminate, or an investigation has not manifested itself in a filed civil or criminal complaint, (ii) the matters are in the early stages, (iii) the matters involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large or uncertain number of actual or potential cases or parties, and/or (iv) discussions with the government or other parties in matters that may be expected ultimately to be resolved through negotiation and settlement have not reached the point where the Company believes a reasonable estimate of loss, or range of loss, can be made. In such instances, the Company believes that there is considerable uncertainty regarding the timing or ultimate resolution of such matters, including a possible eventual loss, fine, penalty or business impact, if any.

In addition, the Company does not accrue for estimated legal fees and other directly related costs as they are expensed as incurred.

In addition to the matters described in the paragraphs below, in the normal course of its business, the Company is involved in various lawsuits from time to time and may be subject to certain other contingencies. To the extent losses related to these contingencies are both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company accrues appropriate amounts in the accompanying financial statements and provides disclosures as to the possible range of loss in excess of the amount accrued, if such range is reasonably estimable. The Company believes losses are individually and collectively immaterial as to a possible loss and range of loss.

Matters Related to the Audit Committee’s Review and the Restatement of Certain of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Audit Committee Review

In July 2013, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors began conducting an independent review, with the assistance of outside professionals, of certain accounting matters. This review resulted in a restatement of our previously filed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013, as well as the restatement of certain financial information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. This restatement, which we completed and filed in March 2014, is referred to herein as the “Original Restatement.”

In connection with the Company’s preparation of its consolidated interim quarterly financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company determined that certain entries with respect to the previously filed financial statements contained in the filings containing the Original Restatement were not properly accounted for under U.S. GAAP. As a result, the Company determined in August 2014 to restate its previously filed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and quarterly reporting periods contained within the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, as well as the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2014. This restatement, which we completed in March 2015, is referred to herein as the “Further Restatement.”  

SEC Investigation

In connection with the initiation of the Audit Committee’s independent review, we initiated contact with the staff of the Division of Enforcement of the SEC (the “SEC Enforcement Staff”) in July 2013 to advise them of these matters. The Audit Committee and the Company, through respective counsel, have been in direct communication with the SEC Enforcement Staff regarding these matters. The SEC is conducting a formal investigation of these matters, and both the Company and the Audit Committee are cooperating fully with the SEC.

In connection with the above-referenced communications, the Company has received requests from the SEC for documents and other information concerning various accounting practices, internal controls and business practices, and other related matters. Such requests cover the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and in some instances, prior periods. It is anticipated that we may receive additional requests from the SEC in the future, including with respect to the Further Restatement.

We have previously provided notice concerning our communications with the SEC to the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS-OIG”) pursuant to our corporate integrity agreement with HHS-OIG (which agreement is described below in this Item 3).

We cannot predict if, when or how this matter will be resolved or what, if any, actions we may be required to take as part of any resolution of these matters. Any action by the SEC, HHS-OIG or other governmental agency could result in civil or criminal sanctions against us and/or certain of our current and former officers, directors and employees. At this stage in the matter, we cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, or range of loss, in connection with it.


Securities Class Action Complaint

On August 14, 2013, a securities class action complaint against the Company, currently styled Tejinder Singh v. Orthofix International N.V., et al. (No.:1:13-cv-05696-JGK), was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York arising out of the then anticipated restatement of our prior financial statements and the matters described above. Since the date of original filing, the complaint has been amended.

The lead plaintiff’s complaint, as amended, purports to bring claims on behalf of persons who purchased the Company’s common stock between March 2, 2010 and July 29, 2013. The complaint asserts that the Company and four of its former executive officers, Alan W. Milinazzo, Robert S. Vaters, Brian McCollum, and Emily V. Buxton (collectively, the “Individual Defendants”), violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 (“Rule 10b-5”) by making false or misleading statements in or relating to the Company’s financial statements. The complaint further asserts that the Individual Defendants were liable as control persons under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act for any violation by the Company of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act or Rule 10b-5. As relief, the complaint requests compensatory damages on behalf of the proposed class and lead plaintiff’s attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 6, 2015, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss as to Mr. Milinazzo and denied it with respect to the Company and the other Individual Defendants.

On October 22, 2015, following negotiations facilitated by an independent mediator, the Company, the remaining Individual Defendants and their insurers reached an agreement in principle with the plaintiff, individually and on behalf of the class it purports to represent, to settle and release all claims with respect to this matter and to dismiss the action with prejudice subject to final court approval. Under the terms of the agreement in principle, the Company, through its insurers, would make a payment to the plaintiff, and the class it purports to represent, to resolve all claims related to the matter, including any claims for plaintiff counsel’s fees and expenses.  On December 7, 2015, all parties to the action executed and filed with the Court a proposed settlement agreement whose terms are consistent with the above-described agreement in principle.  On December 18, 2015, the Court entered a preliminary approval order which, among other things, preliminarily approved the terms of the proposed settlement agreement, subject to a final approval hearing scheduled for April 28, 2016.  The Company has previously incurred and expensed fees and expenses in connection with this matter up to and exceeding its insurance policy deductible and its insurers have undertaken to cover the full amount of the settlement payment, if the proposed settlement is finally approved by the Court. The Company has accrued both the amount of the settlement payment under the agreement in principle, and a corresponding insurance receivable from its insurers, with respect to these matters.

Deferred Prosecution Agreement and Review of Potential Improper Payments Involving Brazil Subsidiary

In 2012, the Company entered into definitive agreements with the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) and the SEC agreeing to settle a self-initiated and self-reported internal investigation of our Mexican subsidiary, Promeca S.A. de C.V. (“Promeca”), regarding non-compliance by Promeca with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). As part of the settlement, we entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (“DPA”) with the DOJ and a consent to final judgment (the “Consent”) with the SEC.  The DOJ agreed not to pursue any criminal charges against us in connection with the Promeca matter if we comply with the terms of the DPA. The DPA takes note of our self-reporting of this matter to the DOJ and the SEC, and of remedial measures, including the implementation of an enhanced compliance program, previously undertaken by us. The DPA and the Consent collectively require, among other things, that with respect to anti-bribery compliance matters we shall continue to cooperate fully with the government in any future matters related to corrupt payments, false books and records or inadequate internal controls. In that regard, we have represented that we have implemented and will continue to implement a compliance and ethics program designed to prevent and detect violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. We are periodically reporting to the government during the term of the DPA regarding such remediation and implementation of compliance measures. 

In August 2013, the Company’s internal legal department was notified of certain allegations involving potential improper payments with respect to its Brazilian subsidiary, Orthofix do Brasil Ltda. The Company engaged outside counsel to assist in the review of these matters, focusing on compliance with applicable anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA. Consistent with the provisions of these agreements, the Company contacted the DOJ and the SEC in August 2013 to voluntarily self-report the Brazil-related allegations. On June 15, 2015, the Company and the DOJ agreed to extend the term of the DPA for two months (through September 17, 2015) to permit the DOJ additional time to evaluate the Company’s compliance with the internal controls and compliance undertakings in the DPA and to further investigate the Brazil-related allegations. On September 17, 2015, the DOJ extended the term of the DPA for an additional ten months (through July 17, 2016), stating that the Company’s efforts to comply with the internal controls and compliance requirements of the DPA during the first eighteen months of the DPA were insufficient.

In the event that the DOJ were to determine in the future to criminally prosecute us for the FCPA-related matters we have self-reported, we could be subject to penalties, the amount or range of which we currently cannot reasonably estimate.


IMSS Matter

Basing its claims on the same or similar events that resulted in the DPA and the Consent, the Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social (“IMSS”) brought legal action against the Company in October 2014.  In February 2016, the Company reached a settlement agreement with IMSS, whereby the Company agreed to pay $1.0 million in cash and, once all regulatory hurdles are cleared, an in-kind payment in the form of products and training valued at $3.0 million. The combined settlement of $4.0 million was accrued as of December 31, 2015 within general and administrative expense.  The Company made no admission of liability or wrongdoing and IMSS agreed that no portion of the payments will be characterized as the payment of fines, penalties, or other punitive assessment.

Corporate Integrity Agreement with HHS-OIG

As previously disclosed, on June 6, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive settlement agreement with the United States of America, acting through the DOJ and on behalf of HHS-OIG; the TRICARE Management Activity, through its General Counsel; the Office of Personnel Management, in its capacity as administrator of the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program; the United States Department of Veteran Affairs; and the qui tam relator, pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $34.2 million (plus interest at a rate of 3% from May 5, 2011 through the day before payment was made) to settle criminal and civil matters related to the promotion and marketing of the Company’s regenerative stimulator devices (which the Company has also described in the past as its “bone growth stimulator devices”). In connection with such settlement agreement, Orthofix Inc., the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, also pled guilty to one felony count of obstruction of a June 2008 federal audit (§18 U.S.C. 1516) and paid a criminal fine of $7.8 million and a mandatory special assessment of $400. Also as previously disclosed, on October 29, 2012, the Company, through our subsidiary, Blackstone Medical, Inc., entered into a definitive settlement agreement with the U.S. government and the qui tam relator, pursuant to which the Company paid $32 million to settle claims (covering a period prior to Blackstone’s acquisition by the Company) concerning the compensation of physician consultants and related matters. All of the $32 million we paid pursuant to such settlement was funded by proceeds the Company received from an escrow fund established in connection with its acquisition of Blackstone in 2006.

On June 6, 2012, in connection with these settlements, the Company also entered into a five-year corporate integrity agreement with HHS-OIG (the “CIA”). The CIA acknowledges the existence of the Company’s current compliance program and requires that the Company continues to maintain during the term of the CIA a compliance program designed to promote compliance with federal healthcare and FDA requirements. The Company also is required to maintain several elements of its previously existing program during the term of the CIA, including maintaining a Chief Compliance Officer, a Compliance Committee, and a Code of Conduct. The CIA requires that we conduct certain additional compliance-related activities during the term of the CIA, including various training and monitoring procedures, and maintaining a disciplinary process for compliance obligations.

Pursuant to the CIA, the Company is required to notify the HHS-OIG in writing, among other things, of: (i) any ongoing government investigation or legal proceeding involving an allegation that the Company has committed a crime or has engaged in fraudulent activities; (ii) any other matter that a reasonable person would consider a probable violation of applicable criminal, civil, or administrative laws related to compliance with federal healthcare programs or FDA requirements; and (iii) any change in location, sale, closing, purchase, or establishment of a new business unit or location related to items or services that may be reimbursed by federal healthcare programs. The Company is also subject to periodic reporting and certification requirements attesting that the provisions of the CIA are being implemented and followed, as well as certain document and record retention mandates. The CIA provides that in the event of an uncured material breach of the CIA, the Company could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs and/or subject to monetary penalties.

Matters Related to the Company’s Former Breg Subsidiary and Possible Indemnification Obligations

On May 24, 2012, we sold Breg to an affiliate of Water Street Healthcare Partners II, L.P. (“Water Street”) pursuant to a stock purchase agreement (the “Breg SPA”). Under the terms of the Breg SPA, upon closing of the sale, the Company and its subsidiary, Orthofix Holdings, Inc., agreed to indemnify Water Street and Breg with respect to certain specified matters, including the following:

Breg was engaged in the manufacturing and sale of local infusion pumps for pain management from 1999 to 2008. Since 2008, numerous product liability cases have been filed in the United States alleging that the local anesthetic, when dispensed by such infusion pumps inside a joint, causes a rare arthritic condition called “chondrolysis.” The Company incurred losses for settlements and judgments in connection with these matters during 2015, 2014 and 2013 of $0.3 million, $3.8 million and $6.7 million, respectively. In addition, several cases remain outstanding for which the Company currently cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, or range of loss.

At the time of its divestiture by us, Breg was currently and had been engaged in the manufacturing and sales of motorized cold therapy units used to reduce pain and swelling. Several domestic product liability cases have been filed in recent years, mostly in California state court, alleging the use of cold therapy causes skin and/or nerve injury and seeking damages on


behalf of individual plaintiffs who were allegedly injured by such units or who would not have purchased the units had they known they could be injured. In September 2014, the Company entered into a master settlement agreement resolving all pending pre-close claims. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company paid approximately $ 1.3 million, and additional amounts owed under the settlement were paid directly by the Company’s insurance providers. These amounts paid by the Company were recorded as an expense in discontinued operations during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014. Remaining cold therapy claims include a putative consumer class of individuals who did not suffer physical harm following use of the devices, and an appeal of an adverse July 2012 California jury verdict and a post-close cold therapy claim pending in California state court. We have established an accrual of $5.7 million for the July 2012 verdict and post-close cold therapy liabilities; however, actual liability could be higher or lower than the amount accrued. The putative class action is at an early stage and the Company currently cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, or range of loss.

Charges incurred as a result of this indemnification are reflected as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

15.

Pensions and deferred compensation

Orthofix Inc. sponsors a defined contribution plan (the “Orthofix Inc. 401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all full time US employees. The Orthofix Inc. 401(k) Plan allows for participants to contribute up to 15% of their pre-tax compensation, subject to certain limitations, with the Company matching 100% of the first 2% of the employee’s base compensation and 50% of the next 4% of the employee’s base compensation if contributed to the Orthofix Inc. 401(k) Plan. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, expenses incurred relating to 401(k) Plans, including matching contributions, were approximately $2.0 million, $1.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

The Company operates defined contribution pension plans for its other International employees not described above meeting minimum service requirements. The Company’s expenses for such pension contributions during each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $1.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Under Italian Law, our Italian subsidiary accrues, on behalf of its employees, deferred compensation, which is paid on termination of employment. Each year’s provision for deferred compensation is based on a percentage of the employee’s current annual remuneration plus an annual charge. Deferred compensation is also accrued for the leaving indemnity payable to agents in case of dismissal, which is regulated by a national contract and is equal to approximately 3.5% of total commissions earned from the Company. Our relations with our Italian employees, who represent 18.3% of our total employees at December 31, 2015, are governed by the provisions of a National Collective Labor Agreement setting forth mandatory minimum standards for labor relations in the metal mechanic workers industry. We are not a party to any other collective bargaining agreement.

The Orthofix Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), administered by the Board of Directors of the Company, effective January 1, 2007, and as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009, is a plan intended to allow a select group of key management and highly compensated employees of the Company to defer the receipt of compensation that would otherwise be payable to them. The terms of this plan are intended to comply in all respects with the provisions of Code Section 409A and Code Section 457A. As of January 1, 2011 the Company disallowed further contributions into the plan and any new plan participants. Distributions are made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

The Company’s expense for both deferred compensation plans described above during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. There were no deferred compensation payments made in 2015, while deferred compensation payments totaled $0.3 million and $0.1 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The balance in other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1.5 and $1.9 million and represents the amount which would be payable if all the employees and agents had terminated employment at that date.

16.

Share-based compensation plans

At December 31, 2015, the Company had stock option and award plans, and an employee stock purchase plan, which are described below.

2012 Long Term Incentive Plan

The Board of Directors adopted the Orthofix International N.V. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 LTIP”) on April 13, 2012, subject to shareholder approval, which was subsequently provided by shareholder ratification. The 2012 LTIP provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, stock awards (including restricted stock, unrestricted stock, and


stock units), stock appreciation rights, performance-based awards and other equity-based awards. All of the Company’s employees and the employees of the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible and may receive awards under the 2012 LTIP. In addition, the Company’s non-employee directors and consultants and advisors who perform services for the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates may receive awards under the 2012 LTIP. Incentive share options, however, are only available to the Company’s employees. The Company reserves a total of 3,200,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2012 LTIP, subject to certain adjustments set forth in the 2012 LTIP. At December 31, 2015, there were 653,040 options outstanding under the 2012 LTIP Plan, of which 185,788 were exercisable; in addition, there were 571,488 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding.

2004 Long Term Incentive Plan

The 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2004 LTIP Plan”) reserves 3.1 million shares for issuance (in addition to shares (i) available for future awards as of June 29, 2004 under prior plans or (ii) that become available for future issuance upon the expiration or forfeiture after June 29, 2004 of awards upon prior plans). Awards generally vest on years of service with all awards fully vesting within three years from the date of grant for employees and either three or five years from the date of grant for non-employee directors. Awards can be in the form of a stock option, restricted stock, restricted share unit, performance share unit, or other award form determined by the Board of Directors. Awards granted under the 2004 LTIP Plan expire no later than ten years after the date of the grant. The 2004 LTIP Plan provides an annual grant to non-employee directors of 5,000 shares and limits the future the number of shares that may be awarded under the plan as full value awards to 100,000 shares. At December 31, 2015, there were 609,562 options outstanding under the 2004 LTIP Plan, of which 609,562 were exercisable; in addition, there were no shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding.

Stock Purchase Plan

The Orthofix International N.V. Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) provides for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock to eligible employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries that elect to participate in the plan and acquire shares of common stock through payroll deductions (including executive officers).

During each purchase period, eligible employees may designate between 1% and 25% of their compensation to be deducted for the purchase of common stock under the plan (or such other percentage in order to comply with regulations applicable to Employees domiciled in or resident of a member state of the European Union). For eligible directors, the designated percentage will be an amount equal to his or her annual or other director compensation paid in cash for the current plan year. The purchase price of the shares under the plan is equal to 85% of the fair market value on the first day of the plan year (which is a calendar year, running from January 1 to December 31) or, if lower, on the last day of the plan year.

Due to the compensatory nature of such plan, the Company has recorded the related share based compensation in the consolidated statement of operations. The aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is 1,850,000 shares. As of December 31, 2015, 1,617,827 shares had been issued under the Stock Purchase Plan.

Share-Based Compensation:

The following tables show the detail of share-based compensation by line item in the consolidated statements of operations as well as by grant type, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the assumptions for each of these years in which grants were awarded:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Cost of sales

 

$

440

 

 

$

137

 

 

$

104

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

1,304

 

 

 

1,701

 

 

 

1,444

 

General and administrative

 

 

5,051

 

 

 

3,578

 

 

 

4,483

 

Research and development

 

 

419

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

236

 

Total

 

$

7,214

 

 

$

5,724

 

 

$

6,267

 


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Stock options

 

$

1,437

 

 

$

1,391

 

 

$

2,753

 

Restricted stock awards

 

 

4,606

 

 

 

3,400

 

 

 

1,964

 

Stock purchase plan

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

933

 

 

 

1,550

 

Total

 

$

7,214

 

 

$

5,724

 

 

$

6,267

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Assumptions:

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Expected term

 

4.50 years

 

 

5.00 years

 

 

5.00 years

 

Expected volatility

 

31.1% – 31.6%

 

 

31.7% – 34.5%

 

 

32.1% – 50.8%

 

Risk free interest rate

 

1.37% – 1.54%

 

 

1.52% – 1.70%

 

 

0.58% – 1.52%

 

Dividend rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   during the year

 

$

9.49

 

 

$

10.45

 

 

$

10.83

 

Stock Option Activity:

Summaries of the status of the Company’s stock option plans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2015 are presented below:

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

1,527,836

 

 

$

34.91

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

208,890

 

 

$

33.28

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(93,184

)

 

$

31.19

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(230,940

)

 

$

38.92

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

 

1,412,602

 

 

$

34.26

 

 

 

5.22

 

Vested and expected to vest at

   December 31, 2015

 

 

1,332,992

 

 

$

34.39

 

 

 

5.02

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2015

 

 

795,350

 

 

$

35.06

 

 

 

2.96

 

The table below summarizes the options outstanding and exercisable by exercise price range as of December 31, 2015:

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number

Outstanding

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Number

Exercisable

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

$10.42 – $21.78

 

 

131,000

 

 

 

6.23

 

 

$

21.07

 

 

 

71,004

 

 

$

20.65

 

$22.75 – $27.98

 

 

133,333

 

 

 

5.51

 

 

$

25.14

 

 

 

93,333

 

 

$

24.86

 

$28.29 – $31.40

 

 

131,500

 

 

 

3.66

 

 

$

29.30

 

 

 

114,000

 

 

$

29.29

 

$31.83 – $32.28

 

 

98,150

 

 

 

6.96

 

 

$

32.11

 

 

 

42,500

 

 

$

31.99

 

$33.12 – $33.12

 

 

165,990

 

 

 

9.10

 

 

$

33.12

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$33.24 – $36.25

 

 

148,650

 

 

 

8.26

 

 

$

35.64

 

 

 

30,284

 

 

$

36.25

 

$36.46 – $38.11

 

 

129,592

 

 

 

1.35

 

 

$

37.90

 

 

 

119,842

 

 

$

38.02

 

$38.82 – $39.94

 

 

299,687

 

 

 

4.56

 

 

$

39.32

 

 

 

149,687

 

 

$

39.81

 

$41.37 – $44.97

 

 

156,200

 

 

 

2.32

 

 

$

44.10

 

 

 

156,200

 

 

$

44.10

 

$45.84 – $50.99

 

 

18,500

 

 

 

0.92

 

 

$

48.43

 

 

 

18,500

 

 

$

48.43

 

$10.42 – $50.99

 

 

1,412,602

 

 

 

5.22

 

 

$

34.26

 

 

 

795,350

 

 

$

35.06

 


As of December 31, 2015, the unamortized compensation expense relating to options granted and expected to be recognized was $2.6 million. This amount is expected to be recognized through June 2019. The weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 2.96 years at December 31, 2015. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.7 million, $2.1 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of December 31, 2015 is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the market price of the Company’s common stock for the shares that had exercise prices that were lower than the $39.21 closing price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2015. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding was $8.0 million, $2.4 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable was $4.3 million, $1.0 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Restricted Stock:

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company granted to employees and non-employee directors 314,278 shares of restricted stock, 110,660 of which are performance based, which vest at various dates through August 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company granted to employees and non-employee directors 358,450 shares of restricted stock, 99,600 of which are performance based, which vest at various dates through December 2018. The compensation expense, which represents the fair value of the stock measured at the market price at the date of grant, less estimated forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. No compensation expense has been recorded to date related to the performance-based restricted stock awards granted in 2014 or 2015, which vest based upon the achievement of certain earnings targets as the achievement of those targets is not considered probable as of December 31, 2015. The aggregate fair value of restricted stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $5.6 million, $2.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively. Unamortized compensation expense related to restricted stock amounted to $16.1 million at December 31, 2015, of which $6.6 million related to performance based restricted stock that is contingent upon meeting certain performance based vesting criteria, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.4 years.  The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock outstanding was $22.4 million, $13.9 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

A summary of the status of our restricted stock as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2015 are presented below:

 

 

Service-based

Awards

 

 

Performance-based

Awards

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 

Non-vested as of December 31, 2014

 

 

374,926

 

 

$

30.47

 

 

 

86,050

 

 

$

36.25

 

Granted

 

 

203,618

 

 

$

33.27

 

 

 

110,660

 

 

$

33.12

 

Vested

 

 

(183,216

)

 

$

30.35

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Cancelled

 

 

(16,190

)

 

$

27.42

 

 

 

(4,400

)

 

$

36.25

 

Non-vested as of December 31, 2015

 

 

379,138

 

 

$

32.15

 

 

 

192,310

 

 

$

34.45

 

17.

Earnings per share

No adjustments have been made for the three years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013 for any common stock equivalents because their effects would be anti-dilutive for purposes of calculating basic and diluted net loss available to common shareholders. Potentially dilutive shares totaled 221,036, 167,583, and 101,672 for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Additionally, options to purchase shares of common stock with exercise prices in excess of the average market price of common shares are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. There were 812,695, 1,062,198 and 1,186,259 outstanding options not included in the diluted earnings per share computation for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, because the inclusion of these options was anti-dilutive.

During the period January 1, 2016, to February 24, 2016, the Company repurchased an additional 417,078 shares of common stock for $15.9 million, which would have changed the number of common shares or potential common shares outstanding for the period ended December 31, 2015, if these transactions had occurred prior to that date.


18. Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1st Quarter

 

 

2nd Quarter

 

 

3rd Quarter

 

 

4th Quarter

 

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

89,762

 

 

$

100,954

 

 

$

101,151

 

 

$

104,622

 

 

$

396,489

 

Cost of sales

 

 

19,339

 

 

 

21,910

 

 

 

23,865

 

 

 

21,411

 

 

 

86,525

 

Gross profit

 

 

70,423

 

 

 

79,044

 

 

 

77,286

 

 

 

83,211

 

 

 

309,964

 

Operating expense

 

 

77,615

 

 

 

74,116

 

 

 

73,147

 

 

 

75,831

 

 

 

300,709

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(7,192

)

 

 

4,928

 

 

 

4,139

 

 

 

7,380

 

 

 

9,255

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

 

(7,737

)

 

 

4,077

 

 

 

(788

)

 

 

2,106

 

 

 

(2,342

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(8,379

)

 

$

3,572

 

 

$

(1,371

)

 

$

3,369

 

 

$

(2,809

)

Net income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(0.41

)

 

$

0.22

 

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

(0.15

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(0.41

)

 

$

0.21

 

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

(0.15

)

(U.S. Dollars, in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1st Quarter

 

 

2nd Quarter

 

 

3rd Quarter

 

 

4th Quarter

 

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

100,014

 

 

$

100,985

 

 

$

100,994

 

 

$

100,284

 

 

$

402,277

 

Cost of sales

 

 

26,773

 

 

 

25,414

 

 

 

25,268

 

 

 

21,457

 

 

 

98,912

 

Gross profit

 

 

73,241

 

 

 

75,571

 

 

 

75,726

 

 

 

78,827

 

 

 

303,365

 

Operating expense

 

 

73,270

 

 

 

68,867

 

 

 

69,218

 

 

 

74,874

 

 

 

286,229

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(29

)

 

 

6,704

 

 

 

6,508

 

 

 

3,953

 

 

 

17,136

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

 

(1,948

)

 

 

3,266

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

(5,090

)

 

 

(3,744

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(2,508

)

 

$

(683

)

 

$

452

 

 

$

(5,798

)

 

$

(8,537

)

Net income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(0.11

)

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

(0.27

)

 

$

(0.20

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.14

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

(0.31

)

 

$

(0.46

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(0.11

)

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

(0.27

)

 

$

(0.20

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.14

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

(0.31

)

 

$

(0.46

)

F-32